Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

i+like+it+less+and+less+es

  • 41 cada

    adj.
    1 each.
    cada dos meses every two months
    cada cosa a su tiempo one thing at a time
    cada cual each one, everyone
    ¿cada cuánto? how often?
    cada uno de each of
    cada uno a lo suyo everyone should get on with their own business
    cada vez every time, each time
    2 such.
    ¡se pone cada sombrero! she wears such hats!
    ¡tiene cada cosa! the things he comes up with!
    3 such unlikely, such.
    * * *
    1 (de dos) each; (de varios) every
    ■ cada uno lleva su abrigo they're each wearing their coat, each of them is wearing his coat
    ■ ¡dice cada cosa! he says such strange things!
    ■ ¡le pegó cada grito! she really shouted at him!
    \
    a cada cual lo suyo (recibir) everyone should get their fair share 2 (pagar) everyone should pay their own way
    a cada paso at every step
    ¿cada cuánto? how often?
    ■ ¿cada cuánto vais al cine? how often do you go to the cinema?
    cada día every day
    cada vez más more and more, increasingly
    * * *
    adj.
    1) each
    •
    - cada vez mejor
    * * *
    ADJ INV
    1) [uso distributivo] [con elementos individuales] each; [con números, tiempo] every

    cada cual busca la felicidad como quiere — we all seek o each one of us seeks happiness in our own way

    2) [indicando frecuencia] every

    cada cierto tiempo — every so often, every now and then

    cada dos días — every couple of days, every other day

    • ¿cada cuánto tiempo? — how often?

    • cada que — Méx whenever, every time (that)

    • cada vez que — whenever, every time (that)

    cada vez que voy al extranjero — whenever o every time (that) I go abroad

    3) [indicando progresión]

    • cada vez más — more and more

    • cada vez mejor — better and better

    • cada vez menos — less and less

    • cada vez peor — worse and worse

    4) [uso enfático]

    ¡tienes cada cosa! — the things you come out with!

    ¡oye una cada historia! — the things you hear nowadays!

    ¡se compra cada coche! — you should see the cars he buys!

    CADA ► Cada se traduce por each cuando queremos individualizar, cuando se conocen o se le quiere dar importancia a los elementos dentro del grupo: A cada miembro del personal se le asignó una tarea específica Each member of staff was allocated a specific task Quiero tener una charla con cada uno de vosotros I want to have a chat with each of you ► Se traduce por every cuando el número de elementos del grupo no se conoce o no importa, cuando se está generalizando: Cada empresa funciona de una manera distinta Every company works differently Cada día me dice una cosa diferente Every day he tells me something different Cada vez que viene nos trae un regalo Every time he comes he brings us a present En expresiones como cada dos meses/cada tres años {etc}, cada se traduce por every: Se hace una revisión cada tres meses He has a check-up every three months ► Cuando hablamos solo de dos cosas o personas, cada solamente se puede traducir por each: Es importante que cada gemelo desarrolle su propia personalidad It is important that each twin develops his own personality Cuando each o every forman parte del sujeto, el verbo va en singular. Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada
    * * *
    adjetivo invariable
    1)

    cada día — every day, each day

    cada dos días — every other day, every two days

    ¿cada cuánto viene? — how often does she come?

    cuestan $25 cada uno — they cost $25 each

    cada uno or cada cual sabe qué es lo que más le conviene — everyone o each individual knows what's best for him or her

    b) ( delante de numeral) every
    2)

    tienes cada idea...! — the things you come out with!

    * * *
    = each, every.
    Ex. Both these hosts offers around thirty-five data bases each.
    Ex. The directory is a finding list which lists for every field its tag, the number of characters in the field, and the starting character position of the field within the record.
    ----
    * a cada rato = every so often, every now and then, every now and again.
    * cada año = annually, on a yearly basis, year-on-year, yearly.
    * cada caso por separado = on a case-by-case basis.
    * cada cierto tiempo = episodic, every so often, every now and then, every now and again.
    * cada cinco minutos = every five minutes.
    * cada cual por su cuenta = every man for himself.
    * cada cuando = every so often, every now and then, every now and again, every once in a while.
    * cada cuantos + Nombre = every few + Nombre.
    * cada día = every day.
    * cada día que pasa = each passing day.
    * cada diez años = ten-yearly, decennially.
    * cada dos = every other.
    * cada dos años = biennially.
    * cada dos días = every other day.
    * cada dos minutos = every other minute.
    * cada dos por tres = all the time, now and again, often [oftener -comp., oftenest -sup.], frequently, every other minute, every five minutes, every few minutes.
    * cada dos semanas = biweekly [bi-weekly].
    * cada hora = hourly.
    * cada pocos años = every few years.
    * cada seis meses = six-monthly.
    * cada semana = weekly.
    * cada tanto = every so often, every now and then, every now and again, every once in a while.
    * cada tantos minutos = every few minutes.
    * cada tantos + Período de Tiempo = every few + Período de Tiempo.
    * cada tanto tiempo = every so often, every now and then, every now and again, every once in a while.
    * cada uno = apiece, each.
    * cada uno por separado = each one alone.
    * cada uno que se las apañe como pueda = every man for himself.
    * cada vez = at a time, each time, every time [everytime].
    * cada vez en mayor grado = ever-increasing.
    * cada vez más = ever-growing, ever-increasing, increasingly, more and more, progressively, ever more, mushrooming, ever greater, in increasing numbers, increasing.
    * cada vez más abultado = swelling.
    * cada vez más acelerado = accelerated.
    * cada vez más + Adjetivo = ever + Adjetivo Comparativo.
    * cada vez más alto = constantly rising, steadily rising, steadily growing.
    * cada vez más amplio = ever-widening.
    * cada vez más avanzado = fast-moving.
    * cada vez más desarrollado = fast-developing.
    * cada vez más estricto = tightening.
    * cada vez más extendido = spreading.
    * cada vez más fácil = ever easier.
    * cada vez más lejos = further and further.
    * cada vez más + Participio = ever + Gerundio.
    * cada vez más pruebas = accumulating evidence.
    * cada vez más rápido = ever faster, accelerated.
    * cada vez más restringido = tightening.
    * cada vez más tenue = fading.
    * cada vez más viejo = aging [ageing].
    * cada vez mayor = escalating, ever-growing, ever-increasing, expanded, growing, increasing, mounting, rising, spiralling [spiraling, -USA], deepening, rapidly growing, expanding, constantly rising, swelling, ever larger [ever-larger], galloping, steadily rising, steadily growing, mushrooming, ever greater, rapidly expanding, ever-widening, burgeoning, heightening.
    * cada vez mejor = from strength to strength.
    * cada vez menor = decreasing, dwindling, diminishing, thinning, fading, waning, declining, falling, shrinking, receding, sinking, ebbing, descending.
    * cada vez menos = less and less.
    * cada vez mucho mayor = fast-increasing, exploding.
    * cada vez peor = worsening.
    * con una pierna a cada lado de = astride.
    * de cada + Número + veces + Número = Número + times out of + Número.
    * demanda cada vez menor = falling demand.
    * desajuste cada vez mayor entre... y = widening of the gap beween.... and, widening gap between... and.
    * desajuste cada vez menor entre... y = narrowing gap between... and, narrowing of the gap between... and.
    * diferencia cada vez mayor entre... y = widening of the gap beween.... and, widening gap between... and.
    * diferencia cada vez menor entre... y = narrowing gap between... and, narrowing of the gap between... and.
    * disfrutar cada minuto de = enjoy + every minute of.
    * distanciamiento cada vez mayor entre... y = widening gap between... and, widening of the gap beween.... and.
    * el pan nuestro de cada día = all in a day's work.
    * ganarse el pan de cada día = get + Posesivo + bread, earn + Posesivo + bread, earn + Posesivo + bread and butter.
    * importancia cada vez mayor = growing importance, growing significance.
    * ir cada vez mejor = grow from + strength to strength, go + great guns.
    * población cada vez más envejecida = greying population [graying population].
    * preocupación cada vez mayor (por) = growing concern (about).
    * problema cada vez mayor = growing problem.
    * problemas cada vez mayores = mounting problems.
    * pruebas cada vez más concluyentes = mounting evidence.
    * qué es cada cosa = what is what.
    * separación cada vez mayor entre... y = widening gap between... and.
    * todos y cada uno = in full force, each and everyone.
    * todos y cada uno de = any and every, any and all.
    * todos y cada uno de + Adjetivo + Nombre = Pronombre + every + Nombre.
    * una necesidad cada vez mayor = a growing need.
    * una vez cada dos semanas = once a fortnight.
    * una vez cada quincena = once a fortnight.
    * un número cada vez mayor = growing numbers.
    * un número cada vez mayor de = a growing number of.
    * uno de cada cinco = one in five.
    * uno de cada cuatro = one in four.
    * uno de cada diez = one in ten.
    * uno de cada ocho = one in eight.
    * uno de cada tres = one in three.
    * * *
    adjetivo invariable
    1)

    cada día — every day, each day

    cada dos días — every other day, every two days

    ¿cada cuánto viene? — how often does she come?

    cuestan $25 cada uno — they cost $25 each

    cada uno or cada cual sabe qué es lo que más le conviene — everyone o each individual knows what's best for him or her

    b) ( delante de numeral) every
    2)

    tienes cada idea...! — the things you come out with!

    * * *
    = each, every.

    Ex: Both these hosts offers around thirty-five data bases each.

    Ex: The directory is a finding list which lists for every field its tag, the number of characters in the field, and the starting character position of the field within the record.
    * a cada rato = every so often, every now and then, every now and again.
    * cada año = annually, on a yearly basis, year-on-year, yearly.
    * cada caso por separado = on a case-by-case basis.
    * cada cierto tiempo = episodic, every so often, every now and then, every now and again.
    * cada cinco minutos = every five minutes.
    * cada cual por su cuenta = every man for himself.
    * cada cuando = every so often, every now and then, every now and again, every once in a while.
    * cada cuantos + Nombre = every few + Nombre.
    * cada día = every day.
    * cada día que pasa = each passing day.
    * cada diez años = ten-yearly, decennially.
    * cada dos = every other.
    * cada dos años = biennially.
    * cada dos días = every other day.
    * cada dos minutos = every other minute.
    * cada dos por tres = all the time, now and again, often [oftener -comp., oftenest -sup.], frequently, every other minute, every five minutes, every few minutes.
    * cada dos semanas = biweekly [bi-weekly].
    * cada hora = hourly.
    * cada pocos años = every few years.
    * cada seis meses = six-monthly.
    * cada semana = weekly.
    * cada tanto = every so often, every now and then, every now and again, every once in a while.
    * cada tantos minutos = every few minutes.
    * cada tantos + Período de Tiempo = every few + Período de Tiempo.
    * cada tanto tiempo = every so often, every now and then, every now and again, every once in a while.
    * cada uno = apiece, each.
    * cada uno por separado = each one alone.
    * cada uno que se las apañe como pueda = every man for himself.
    * cada vez = at a time, each time, every time [everytime].
    * cada vez en mayor grado = ever-increasing.
    * cada vez más = ever-growing, ever-increasing, increasingly, more and more, progressively, ever more, mushrooming, ever greater, in increasing numbers, increasing.
    * cada vez más abultado = swelling.
    * cada vez más acelerado = accelerated.
    * cada vez más + Adjetivo = ever + Adjetivo Comparativo.
    * cada vez más alto = constantly rising, steadily rising, steadily growing.
    * cada vez más amplio = ever-widening.
    * cada vez más avanzado = fast-moving.
    * cada vez más desarrollado = fast-developing.
    * cada vez más estricto = tightening.
    * cada vez más extendido = spreading.
    * cada vez más fácil = ever easier.
    * cada vez más lejos = further and further.
    * cada vez más + Participio = ever + Gerundio.
    * cada vez más pruebas = accumulating evidence.
    * cada vez más rápido = ever faster, accelerated.
    * cada vez más restringido = tightening.
    * cada vez más tenue = fading.
    * cada vez más viejo = aging [ageing].
    * cada vez mayor = escalating, ever-growing, ever-increasing, expanded, growing, increasing, mounting, rising, spiralling [spiraling, -USA], deepening, rapidly growing, expanding, constantly rising, swelling, ever larger [ever-larger], galloping, steadily rising, steadily growing, mushrooming, ever greater, rapidly expanding, ever-widening, burgeoning, heightening.
    * cada vez mejor = from strength to strength.
    * cada vez menor = decreasing, dwindling, diminishing, thinning, fading, waning, declining, falling, shrinking, receding, sinking, ebbing, descending.
    * cada vez menos = less and less.
    * cada vez mucho mayor = fast-increasing, exploding.
    * cada vez peor = worsening.
    * con una pierna a cada lado de = astride.
    * de cada + Número + veces + Número = Número + times out of + Número.
    * demanda cada vez menor = falling demand.
    * desajuste cada vez mayor entre... y = widening of the gap beween.... and, widening gap between... and.
    * desajuste cada vez menor entre... y = narrowing gap between... and, narrowing of the gap between... and.
    * diferencia cada vez mayor entre... y = widening of the gap beween.... and, widening gap between... and.
    * diferencia cada vez menor entre... y = narrowing gap between... and, narrowing of the gap between... and.
    * disfrutar cada minuto de = enjoy + every minute of.
    * distanciamiento cada vez mayor entre... y = widening gap between... and, widening of the gap beween.... and.
    * el pan nuestro de cada día = all in a day's work.
    * ganarse el pan de cada día = get + Posesivo + bread, earn + Posesivo + bread, earn + Posesivo + bread and butter.
    * importancia cada vez mayor = growing importance, growing significance.
    * ir cada vez mejor = grow from + strength to strength, go + great guns.
    * población cada vez más envejecida = greying population [graying population].
    * preocupación cada vez mayor (por) = growing concern (about).
    * problema cada vez mayor = growing problem.
    * problemas cada vez mayores = mounting problems.
    * pruebas cada vez más concluyentes = mounting evidence.
    * qué es cada cosa = what is what.
    * separación cada vez mayor entre... y = widening gap between... and.
    * todos y cada uno = in full force, each and everyone.
    * todos y cada uno de = any and every, any and all.
    * todos y cada uno de + Adjetivo + Nombre = Pronombre + every + Nombre.
    * una necesidad cada vez mayor = a growing need.
    * una vez cada dos semanas = once a fortnight.
    * una vez cada quincena = once a fortnight.
    * un número cada vez mayor = growing numbers.
    * un número cada vez mayor de = a growing number of.
    * uno de cada cinco = one in five.
    * uno de cada cuatro = one in four.
    * uno de cada diez = one in ten.
    * uno de cada ocho = one in eight.
    * uno de cada tres = one in three.

    * * *
    A
    los ganadores de cada grupo pasan a la final the winners from each group go on to the final
    hay un bar en cada esquina there's a bar on every corner
    cada vez que viene me da un disgusto every time he comes he upsets me
    les puso un sello a cada uno he put a stamp on each one
    hay cinco para cada uno there are five each
    volvimos a casa cada uno por su lado we each made our own way home
    cuestan $25 cada uno they cost $25 each
    cada uno or cada cual sabe qué es lo que más le conviene everyone o each individual knows what's best for him or her
    parábamos cada cuatro kilómetros we stopped every four kilometers
    siete de cada diez seven out of (every) ten
    B
    1
    (indicando progresión): íbamos cada vez más rápido we were going faster and faster
    la gente va cada vez menos a ese tipo de club people are going less and less to that kind of club
    hace cada día más calor it's getting hotter every day o by the day
    2 ( fam)
    (con valor ponderativo): ¡tú tienes cada idea …! the things you think of!
    le ha regalado cada cosa más preciosa … he's given her such lovely things
    * * *

     

    cada adjetivo invariable
    1

    ( con énfasis en la totalidad del conjunto) every;

    hay un bar en cada esquina ther's a bar in every corner;
    cada día every day, each day;
    ¿cada cuánto viene? how often does she come?;
    hay cinco para cada uno there are five each;
    cuestan $25 cada uno they cost $25 each;
    cada uno or cual sabe qué es lo que más le conviene everyone o each individual knows what's best for him or her;
    cada vez que viene every time o whenever he comes


    siete de cada diez seven out of (every) ten
    2 ( indicando progresión):

    lo hace cada vez mejor she's getting better all the time;
    cada vez más gente more and more people;
    cada vez menos tiempo less and less time
    cada adjetivo
    1 (distribución) (entre dos) each
    (entre más) each, every
    seis de cada diez, six out of (every) ten
    2 (frecuencia) cada día, every day
    cada dos días, every second day o every other day
    ¿cada cuánto vas al cine?, how often do you go the cinema?
    3 fam (intensificador) ¡tu hija hace cada pregunta!, your daughter asks such awkward questions!
    4 (todas las personas) cada uno hace lo que quiere, everyone does as they like
    (en una serie) cada uno de ellos dará una conferencia, each of them will give us a lecture
    ♦ Locuciones: a cada instante/paso, constantly
    a cada uno/a cada cual lo suyo, fair shares for all
    (para ser justo) es una mujer pesadísima pero muy servicial, a cada uno lo suyo, to be fair, she's a pain in the neck but she's awfully helpful
    (a cada uno lo que le pertenece) es una reivindicación justa, sólo pretende dar a cada uno lo suyo, it's a fair claim which only aims to give everyone their fair share
    cada dos por tres, every other minute
    cada vez, every time: cada vez que viene nos acabamos enfadando, everytime he comes we end up getting angry
    cada vez veo peor, my sights getting worse and worse
    cada vez más, more and more
    cada vez menos, less and less
    La diferencia entre each y every es muy pequeña. Every se refiere a un grupo y each a los individuos en el grupo: Cada trabajador debe empezar a las ocho. Every worker should begin at eight. Hablaré con cada trabajador durante la semana. I will speak to each worker during the weak. Como ves, el uso depende únicamente de cómo quieres considerar a los trabajadores: como individuos o como un grupo.
    ' cada' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - cañería
    - curso
    - dos
    - instante
    - más
    - menos
    - ocurrencia
    - pasar
    - paso
    - patada
    - quisque
    - quisqui
    - rato
    - repetirse
    - salir
    - siempre
    - solicitada
    - solicitado
    - tema
    - toda
    - todo
    - una
    - uno
    - verso
    - vez
    - viñeta
    - a
    - bimestral
    - correspondiente
    - cosa
    - cual
    - cuando
    - día
    - el
    - intercalar
    - lado
    - mejor
    - nervioso
    - peor
    - poner
    - semestre
    - sendos
    - tanda
    - tiempo
    - valer
    English:
    A
    - and
    - annoy
    - apiece
    - bash out
    - begrudge
    - better
    - bread
    - busy signal
    - butt in
    - carbon copy
    - checkup
    - commute
    - Dick and Harry
    - each
    - either
    - every
    - everyplace
    - exercise
    - expect
    - for
    - fortnightly
    - growing
    - half-hourly
    - head
    - hourly
    - how
    - in
    - increasingly
    - interval
    - less
    - magazine
    - match
    - measure out
    - meet
    - milk
    - misspell
    - mist
    - more
    - nightly
    - nine
    - other
    - out of
    - outflow
    - particular
    - percentage
    - sea
    - second
    - time
    - Tom
    * * *
    cada adj inv
    1. [indicando correspondencia] each;
    nos tocan 1.000 pesos a cada (uno) it comes to 1,000 pesos each o apiece;
    cada cosa a su tiempo one thing at a time;
    cada cual each one, everyone;
    cada cual que haga lo que le parezca everyone do as they see fit;
    cada uno de each of;
    cada uno o [m5] cual a lo suyo everyone should get on with their own business;
    cada uno es cada uno, cada uno es como es everyone's different;
    cada vez every time, each time;
    cada vez que viene, me pide algo prestado every time o each time o whenever he comes, he asks to borrow something
    2. [con números, tiempo] every;
    cada tres segundos nace un niño a child is born every three seconds;
    tres de cada diez personas three out of every ten people;
    cinco televisores por cada cien habitantes five televisions per hundred inhabitants;
    cada dos meses every two months;
    cada cierto tiempo every so often;
    ¿cada cuánto? how often?;
    a cada momento o Am [m5] rato all the time, constantly;
    a cada momento o Am [m5]rato me preguntan algo, así no puedo trabajar people are constantly asking me things, so I can't get any work done
    3. [valor progresivo]
    me gusta cada vez más I like it more and more;
    sus discursos son cada vez más largos his speeches get longer and longer;
    el tema me interesa cada vez menos I'm getting less and less interested in the subject;
    esta revista es cada vez peor this magazine gets worse and worse;
    cada día más more and more each day
    4. [valor enfático] such;
    ¡se pone cada sombrero! she wears such hats!;
    ¡tiene cada cosa! the things he comes up with!;
    ¡mis vecinos arman cada escándalo! my neighbours are always kicking up a fuss o row about something!
    * * *
    adj
    cada cosa en su sitio everything in its place;
    cada uno, cada cual each one;
    cada vez every time, each time;
    cada tres días every three days;
    uno de cada tres one out of every three;
    uno de cada one of each
    2
    :
    cada vez más more and more, increasingly
    * * *
    cada adj
    1) : each
    cuestan diez pesos cada una: they cost ten pesos each
    2) : every
    cada vez: every time
    3) : such, some
    sales con cada historia: you come up with such crazy stories
    4)
    cada vez más : more and more, increasingly
    5)
    cada vez menos : less and less
    * * *
    cada adj
    1. (en general) every
    ¡dice cada tontería! he says such stupid things!
    ¡sale con cada excusa! she comes out with amazing excuses!
    ¿cada cuánto? how often?
    cada vez más more and more / increasingly

    Spanish-English dictionary > cada

  • 42 more

    more [mɔ:(r)]
    plus de ⇒ 1 (a), 6 1 davantage de ⇒ 1 (a) plus ⇒ 2 (a), 2 (b), 3 (a), 3 (b) davantage ⇒ 2 (a), 3 (b) encore ⇒ 2 (b) plutôt ⇒ 3 (c) de plus en plus ⇒ 4 plus que ⇒ 6 2
    (a) (compar of many, much) (larger quantity or number of) plus de, davantage de;
    ∎ there were more boys than girls il y avait plus de garçons que de filles;
    ∎ there's much or a lot or far more room in the other building il y a beaucoup plus de place dans l'autre bâtiment
    ∎ you should eat more fish tu devrais manger davantage de ou plus de poisson;
    ∎ I need more time j'ai besoin de plus de temps;
    ∎ three more people arrived trois autres personnes sont arrivées;
    ∎ there's only one more problem to solve il n'y a plus qu'un problème à résoudre;
    ∎ do you have any more questions? avez-vous d'autres questions?;
    ∎ do you have any more stamps? est-ce qu'il vous reste des timbres?;
    ∎ I have no more money je n'ai plus d'argent;
    ∎ is there any more butter? est-ce qu'il reste du beurre?;
    ∎ just wait a few more minutes patiente encore quelques instants;
    ∎ a little more sugar? encore un peu de sucre?;
    ∎ have some more wine reprends du vin;
    ∎ there are no more or there aren't any more green lampshades il n'y a plus d'abat-jour verts;
    ∎ no more talking maintenant, taisez-vous ou silence!;
    ∎ there'll be no more skiing this winter le ski est fini pour cet hiver;
    ∎ there have been several more incidents in the same area plusieurs autres incidents se sont produits dans le même quartier;
    ∎ bring me some more potatoes, please apporte-moi encore des pommes de terre, s'il te plaît;
    ∎ there's some more paper in that drawer il y a encore du papier dans ce tiroir;
    ∎ would you like some more soup? voulez-vous un peu plus de soupe?
    (a) (compar of many, much) (larger amount) plus, davantage; (greater number) plus;
    ∎ he earns more than I do or than me il gagne plus que moi;
    ∎ I wish I could do more for her j'aimerais pouvoir l'aider plus ou davantage;
    ∎ it'll take a lot more than that to persuade them il en faudra bien plus (que ça) ou bien davantage pour les convaincre;
    ∎ some opted for A, but many more chose B certains ont choisi A, mais ceux qui ont choisi B étaient bien plus nombreux;
    ∎ there are more of them than there are of us ils sont plus nombreux que nous;
    ∎ he's even more of a coward than I thought il est encore plus lâche que je ne pensais;
    ∎ it's more of a problem now than it used to be ça pose plus de problèmes maintenant qu'avant;
    ∎ she's more of a singer than a dancer c'est une chanteuse plus qu'une danseuse
    (b) (additional amount) plus, encore;
    ∎ there's more if you want it il y en a encore si tu veux;
    ∎ he asked for more il en redemanda;
    ∎ I couldn't eat any more, thanks je ne pourrais plus rien avaler, merci;
    ∎ she just can't take any more elle n'en peut vraiment plus;
    ∎ please can I have some more? (food) puis-je en reprendre, s'il vous plaît?;
    ∎ there are some more here that you haven't washed il en reste ici que tu n'as pas lavés;
    ∎ I could say more, but… je pouvais en dire plus mais…;
    ∎ something/nothing more quelque chose/rien de plus;
    ∎ I have something/nothing more to say j'ai encore quelque chose/je n'ai plus rien à dire;
    ∎ he's just a good friend, nothing more c'est un bon ami, rien de plus;
    ∎ what more can I say? que puis-je dire de plus?;
    ∎ what more do you want? que voulez-vous de plus?;
    ∎ familiar what more could you ask for! que demande le peuple!;
    ∎ but more of that later… mais nous reparlerons de ça plus tard…;
    ∎ I want no more of this defeatist talk je ne veux plus de ces discours défaitistes;
    ∎ that's more like it! voilà, c'est mieux!;
    ∎ no more no less ni plus ni moins;
    ∎ more of the same la même chose;
    ∎ the government simply promises more of the same le gouvernement se contente de refaire les mêmes promesses;
    ∎ there's plenty more where that came from si vous en revoulez, il n'y a qu'à demander;
    ∎ need I say more? si tu vois ce que je veux dire;
    ∎ familiar say no more! cela suffit!, n'en dis pas plus!
    ∎ any more for the ferry? qui d'autre prend le ferry?□ ;
    ∎ humorous any more for any more? (food) est-ce que quelqu'un veut du rab?
    ∎ more intelligent plus intelligent;
    ∎ more comfortably plus confortablement
    ∎ you should read more tu devrais lire plus ou davantage;
    ∎ it worries me more than it used to ça m'inquiète plus qu'avant;
    ∎ this more than makes up for it ça fait plus que compenser;
    ∎ I like wine more than beer je préfère le vin à la bière, j'aime mieux le vin que la bière;
    ∎ I would think more of her if she owned up j'aurais une plus haute opinion d'elle si elle avouait;
    ∎ he's intelligent but his sister is more so il est intelligent mais sa sœur l'est davantage;
    ∎ I'll give you £20, not a penny more je te donnerai 20 livres, pas un sou de plus
    (c) (rather) plutôt;
    ∎ she was more disappointed than angry elle était plus déçue que fâchée;
    ∎ do it more like this fais-le plutôt comme ceci;
    ∎ it's more a question of who foots the bill il s'agit plutôt de savoir qui paiera la facture
    ∎ once/twice more encore une/deux fois
    de plus en plus;
    ∎ more and more people are using it de plus en plus de gens l'utilisent
    de plus en plus;
    ∎ more and more interesting de plus en plus intéressant;
    ∎ I was growing more and more tired j'étais de plus en plus fatigué;
    ∎ I like him more and more each time I see him à chaque fois que je le vois je l'apprécie davantage
    (a) (roughly) plus ou moins;
    ∎ that's more or less what I expected c'est plus ou moins ce à quoi je m'attendais;
    ∎ is that correct? - well, more or less est-ce que c'est vrai? - plus ou moins, oui
    (b) (almost) presque;
    ∎ we've more or less finished nous avons presque terminé
    (with numbers, measurements etc) plus de;
    ∎ more than 500 people plus de 500 personnes;
    ∎ it costs much or a lot more than $50 ça coûte bien plus de 50 dollars;
    ∎ for little more than £500 pour à peine plus de 500 livres;
    ∎ I won't be more than two hours je n'en ai pas pour plus de deux heures, j'en ai pour deux heures au maximum
    plus que;
    ∎ I'd be more than happy to do it je serais ravi de le faire;
    ∎ you've been more than generous vous avez été plus que généreux;
    ∎ that's more than enough c'est plus qu'il n'en faut;
    ∎ this more than makes up for his previous mistakes voilà qui rachète largement ses anciennes erreurs
    vraiment;
    ∎ we were more than a little shocked nous étions vraiment choqués
    (a) (neither) non plus;
    ∎ he doesn't believe the rumours and no more do I il ne croit pas les rumeurs et moi non plus
    (b) (as little) pas plus;
    ∎ she's no more a spy than I am! elle n'est pas plus espionne que moi!;
    ∎ I would no more have suspected him than I would my own mother je ne l'aurais pas soupçonné davantage que ma propre mère;
    ∎ it's no more dangerous than crossing the street ce n'est pas plus dangereux que de traverser la rue;
    ∎ familiar they can no more act than fly in the air ils jouent comme des pieds
    ∎ no more will she grace our company plus jamais elle ne nous tiendra compagnie;
    ∎ the Empire is no more l'Empire n'est plus
    9 not…any more adverb
    ∎ we don't go there any more nous n'y allons plus;
    ∎ he still works here, doesn't he? - not any more (he doesn't) il travaille encore ici, n'est-ce pas? - non, plus maintenant
    formal d'autant plus;
    ∎ I was the more disappointed j'étais d'autant plus déçu;
    ∎ they went the more willingly on that account ils y sont allés d'autant plus volontiers;
    ∎ the more so because… d'autant plus que…
    11 the more…the more conjunction
    plus…plus;
    ∎ the more they have, the more they want plus ils en ont, plus ils en veulent;
    ∎ the more I see him, the more I like him plus je le vois, plus il me plaît
    qui plus est

    Un panorama unique de l'anglais et du français > more

  • 43 parecer

    m.
    1 opinion.
    cambiar de parecer to change one's mind
    2 appearance.
    v.
    1 to look like.
    parece un palacio it looks like a palace
    parecía un sueño it was like a dream
    Ella parece un payaso She looks like a clown.
    2 to look, to seem.
    pareces cansado you look o seem tired
    es alemán, pero no lo parece he's German, but he doesn't look it
    ¡pareces bobo! are you stupid, or what?
    Ella parece cansada She seems tired.
    3 to seem to, to appear to.
    Ella parece creer lo contrario She seems to believe the opposite.
    Le parece sentir algo She seems to feel something.
    * * *
    Conjugation model [ AGRADECER], like link=agradecer agradecer
    1 (opinión) opinion, mind
    ■ ¿has cambiado de parecer? have you changed your mind?
    1 to seem, look (like)
    ■ parece fácil it seems easy, it looks easy
    2 (opinar) to think
    ■ ¿qué te parece? what do you think?
    3 (Used only in the 3rd pers, it does not take a subject) (aparentar) to look as if
    1 to be alike, look like
    \
    a lo que parece apparently
    al parecer apparently
    parecer bien to seem right
    parecer mal to seem wrong
    ¡parece mentira! I can't believe it!
    según parece apparently
    * * *
    1. noun m.
    1) opinion, view
    2. verb
    2) look
    •
    * * *
    1. SM
    1) (=opinión) opinion, view

    cambiar o mudar de parecer — to change one's mind

    2) † (=aspecto)

    de buen parecer — good-looking, handsome

    2. VI
    1) [uso copulativo]
    a) [por el aspecto] + adj to look; + sustantivo to look like

    ¡pareces una reina! — you look like a queen!

    parece una foca — * she's huge o enormous *

    b) (=por el carácter, el comportamiento) to seem
    2) [uso impersonal] (=dar la impresión de) to seem

    así parece — so it seems o más frm appears

    • al parecer, a lo que parece — apparently, seemingly

    • parece como si + subjun —

    • parece que + indic —

    parece que va a llover — it looks as though o as if it's going to rain, it looks like rain

    • según parece — apparently, seemingly

    • parece ser que + indic —

    parece ser que van a aumentar las temperaturas — it seems o más frm appears (that) it's going to get warmer

    parece ser que ha habido algún problema — it seems o más frm appears (that) there has been a problem

    3) [indicando opinión]

    parecerle a algn: ¿qué os pareció la película? — what did you think of the film?

    ¿no te parece extraño que no haya llamado? — don't you think it's strange that she hasn't called?

    te llamaré luego, si te parece bien — I'll phone you later, if that's all right with o by you

    ¡me parece muy mal! — I think it's shocking!

    vamos a la piscina, ¿te parece? — what do you say we go to the swimming pool?, what about going to the swimming pool?

    • parecer que, me parece que se está haciendo tarde — it's getting rather late, I think

    ¿te parece que está bien no acudir a una cita? — do you think it's acceptable not to turn up for an appointment?

    4) † (=aparecer) to appear; [objeto perdido] to turn up

    ¡ya pareció aquello! — so that was it!

    3.
    See:
    * * *
    I 1.
    verbo intransitivo

    parecer + INF — to seem to + inf

    todo parece indicar que... — everything appears o seems o (frml) would seem to indicate that...

    2) ( expresando opinión) (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿qué te parecieron? — what did you think of them?

    deberíamos invitarlos - ¿te parece? — we ought to invite them - do you think so?

    vamos a la playa ¿te parece? — what do you think, shall we go to the beach?

    ¿a ti qué te parece? — what do you think?

    ¿te parece bonito contestarme así? — is that any way to speak to me?

    me/nos parece que tiene razón — I/we think she's right

    ¿te parece que éstas son horas de llegar? — what time do you call this?

    hazlo como mejor te parezca — do it however o as you think best; (+ subj)

    me parece raro que... — it seems odd o I find it odd that...

    3) (haber indicios, señales) (en 3a pers)

    según parece or al parecer todo va bien — it looks as though everything's going well, everything seems to be going well

    así parece or parece que sí — it looks like it o it would seem so

    aunque no lo parezca, está limpio — it might not look like it, but it's clean

    ¿le gusta? - parece que no — does he like it? - apparently not

    parece que no, pero cansa — you wouldn't think so, but it's tiring

    parece (ser) que tiene razón — she appears to be right, it seems she's right

    parecería que... — it would seem that...; (+ subj)

    parece mentira que tenga 20 años — it's hard to believe o I can't believe that he's 20

    2.
    parecerse v pron

    parecerse A alguien/algo — ( en lo físico) to look o to be like somebody/something; ( en el carácter) to be like somebody/something

    no son ricos ni nada que se le parezca — they're not wealthy, not by any means

    b) (recípr) to be alike

    no se parecen en nada — they're not/they don't look in the least bit alike

    II
    a) ( opinión) opinion

    soy del parecer de que... — I believe o (frml) I am of the opinion that...

    b)

    de buen parecer — (ant) handsome

    * * *
    I 1.
    verbo intransitivo

    parecer + INF — to seem to + inf

    todo parece indicar que... — everything appears o seems o (frml) would seem to indicate that...

    2) ( expresando opinión) (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿qué te parecieron? — what did you think of them?

    deberíamos invitarlos - ¿te parece? — we ought to invite them - do you think so?

    vamos a la playa ¿te parece? — what do you think, shall we go to the beach?

    ¿a ti qué te parece? — what do you think?

    ¿te parece bonito contestarme así? — is that any way to speak to me?

    me/nos parece que tiene razón — I/we think she's right

    ¿te parece que éstas son horas de llegar? — what time do you call this?

    hazlo como mejor te parezca — do it however o as you think best; (+ subj)

    me parece raro que... — it seems odd o I find it odd that...

    3) (haber indicios, señales) (en 3a pers)

    según parece or al parecer todo va bien — it looks as though everything's going well, everything seems to be going well

    así parece or parece que sí — it looks like it o it would seem so

    aunque no lo parezca, está limpio — it might not look like it, but it's clean

    ¿le gusta? - parece que no — does he like it? - apparently not

    parece que no, pero cansa — you wouldn't think so, but it's tiring

    parece (ser) que tiene razón — she appears to be right, it seems she's right

    parecería que... — it would seem that...; (+ subj)

    parece mentira que tenga 20 años — it's hard to believe o I can't believe that he's 20

    2.
    parecerse v pron

    parecerse A alguien/algo — ( en lo físico) to look o to be like somebody/something; ( en el carácter) to be like somebody/something

    no son ricos ni nada que se le parezca — they're not wealthy, not by any means

    b) (recípr) to be alike

    no se parecen en nada — they're not/they don't look in the least bit alike

    II
    a) ( opinión) opinion

    soy del parecer de que... — I believe o (frml) I am of the opinion that...

    b)

    de buen parecer — (ant) handsome

    * * *
    parecer1
    1 = view.

    Ex: There is an alternative method for the design of subject retrieval devices, and that is to build languages or schemes which depend upon some theoretical views about the nature and structure of knowledge.

    * a mi parecer = to my mind, in my books.
    * cambiar de parecer = change + Posesivo + mind, change + Posesivo + tune.
    * cambiar de parecer a mitad de camino = change + horses in midstream.
    * cambio de parecer = change of heart, change of mind.
    * de acuerdo con + Posesivo + parecer = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.
    * de pareceres similares = like-minded.
    * es mi parecer = my two cents' worth.
    * mi parecer = my two cents' worth.
    * según + Posesivo + parecer = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.

    parecer2
    2 = loom, seem, sound (like), sound + like, strike + Pronombre Personal, look, smack of, come off as.

    Ex: The problem of their citation looms less significantly in abstracting and indexing products than that of the citation of periodical articles.

    Ex: For this scheme it would seem sensible to order the foci within each facet differently according to the nature of the facet.
    Ex: Limitless flexibility sounds to be the answer but it is, of course, impossibly expensive and unacceptable aesthetically.
    Ex: 'I hope this doesn't sound like an off-the-wall remark but have you ever heard of or read anything about the so called mid-life crisis?'.
    Ex: 'You commented earlier,' she said ingenuously, aloud, 'that Kass didn't strike you as the union type'.
    Ex: An architectural rendering is a pictorial representation of a building intended to show, before it has been built, how the building will look when completed.
    Ex: This opinion bothers me on two counts, one because it smacks of exploitation and, two, because a fair number of the world's leaders, for better or worse, were remarkably successful as leaders in spite of less than outstanding academic records.
    Ex: I love the content of this discussion, and hope that my comments don't come off as negative.
    * al parecer = apparently, apparently, it seems that..., supposedly, allegedly, it appeared that....
    * aunque no lo parezca = oddly enough, strangely enough, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange.
    * aunque parezca difícil = difficult though it may seem, difficult as it may seem.
    * aunque parezca extraño = strangely enough, oddly enough, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange.
    * aunque parezca increíble = incredibly, incredible though it may seem, incredibly enough, incredible as it may seem, although it may seem incredible.
    * aunque parezca mentira = amazingly enough, believe it or not, strangely enough, incredibly, incredible though it may seem, incredibly enough, incredible as it may seem, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange, although it may seem incredible.
    * aunque parezca raro = strangely enough, oddly enough, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange, funnily enough, funnily.
    * es lo que a mí me parece = my two cents' worth.
    * ganar cuando todo parece estar perdido = victory from the jaws of defeat.
    * hacer parecer = make + seem, make + Nombre + out to be.
    * hacer parecer pequeño = dwarf.
    * las cosas no son tan simples como parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.
    * las cosas son más complicadas de lo que parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.
    * más complejo de lo que parece = more than meets the eye.
    * más complicado de lo que parece = more than meets the eye.
    * no parecer que = there + be + no sign of, there + be + little sign of.
    * no parecerse en nada a = be nothing like.
    * no parecerse ni por asomo = different as night and day.
    * no parecer Uno Mismo = be out of character.
    * o algo parecido = in the way of.
    * o eso parece = or so it seems.
    * parece como = appear + as though.
    * parece que... = it seems that....
    * parecer + Adjetivo = appear + Adjetivo.
    * parecer atractivo = look + attractive.
    * parecer bien = be all right with + Persona.
    * parecer bueno = look + good.
    * parecer contradictorio = appear + contradictory.
    * parecer debatible = look + debatable.
    * parecer en peligro = appear + in jeopardy.
    * parecer estar = appear + to be.
    * parecer increíble = beggar + belief.
    * parecer loco = sound + crazy.
    * parecer lógico = make + sense.
    * parecer + merecer la pena + Infinitivo = seem + worth + Gerundio.
    * parecer + Nombre = seem + like + Nombre.
    * parecer probable = seem + likely.
    * parecer prometedor = look + promising, show + promise.
    * parecer raro = sound + odd.
    * parecerse = bear + similarity, look + alike, take after.
    * parecerse a = look like, resemble.
    * parecer ser = appear + to be.
    * parecer una eternidad = seem like + an eternity.
    * parecer una locura = sound + crazy.
    * parecer una probabilidad = loom up + a possibility.
    * parece tener poco sentido que = there + seem + little point in.
    * por muy difícil que parezca = difficult though it may seem, difficult as it may seem.
    * por muy extraño que parezca = oddly enough, strangely enough, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange, funnily enough, funnily.
    * por muy increíble que parezca = incredible though it may seem, incredibly, incredibly enough, incredible as it may seem, although it may seem incredible.
    * por muy mentira que parezca = incredibly, incredible though it may seem, strangely enough, incredibly enough, incredible as it may seem, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange, although it may seem incredible.
    * por muy raro que parezca = strangely enough, oddly enough, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange.
    * que parece dudoso = dubious-sounding.
    * que parece sospechoso = dubious-sounding.
    * qué te parece que... = what about....
    * según parece = apparently, apparently, by the looks of it.
    * ser lo más parecido a = be as close as we come to.
    * ser parecido a = be close to.
    * si se parece a un pato, anda como un pato y grazna como un pato, entonces es = If it looks like a duck, walks like a duck, and quacks like a duck, then it must be a duck.
    * tan sorprendente como pueda parecer = as amazing as it seems.

    * * *
    parecer1 [E3 ]
    vi
    A
    (aparentar ser): parece mucho mayor de lo que es she looks much older than she is
    parece muy simpática she seems very nice
    pareces tonto, no te enteras de nada are you stupid or something? you never know what's going on
    vestida así parece una artista de cine she looks like a movie star dressed like that
    no pareces tú en esta foto this picture doesn't look like you (at all), it's not a good likeness of you
    es de plástico pero parece de cuero it's plastic but it looks like leather
    B parecer + INF to seem to + INF
    el problema parece no tener solución there appears o seems o ( frml) would seem to be no solution to the problem
    parece tener más habilidad de la que creímos al principio she seems to be o it seems she is more skillful than we thought at first
    todo parece indicar que … everything seems to o appears to o ( frml) would seem to indicate that …
    C (expresando opinión) (+ me/te/le etc):
    sus comentarios me parecieron muy acertados I thought his remarks (were) very apt, his remarks seemed very apt to me
    elegí la que me pareció mejor I chose the one that I thought was the best o the one that seemed the best
    todo le parece mal he's never happy with anything
    ¿qué te parecieron mis primos? what did you think of my cousins?
    su interpretación me pareció pobrísima I thought o felt she gave a very poor performance, to my mind her performance was very poor
    D
    según parece or al pareceror a lo que parece todo marcha viento en popa it looks as though everything's going smoothly, everything seems to be going smoothly
    ¿por fin se van? — así parece or parece que sí are they finally going? — it looks like it o it would seem so
    aunque no lo parezca, estuve limpiando toda la mañana it might not look like it, but I spent the whole morning cleaning
    ¿le gusta? — parece que no does he like it? — apparently not
    parece que no, pero cansa muchísimo you wouldn't think so, but it's very tiring
    2 (+ me/te/le etc):
    hazlo como mejor te parezca or como te parezca mejor do it however o as you think best
    como a usted le parezca whatever you think best
    creo que deberíamos invitarlos — ¿te parece? I think we ought to invite them — do you think so?
    vamos a la playa ¿te parece? let's go to the beach, would you like to?, do you fancy going to the beach? ( BrE colloq)
    podemos reunirnos mañana, si te parece bien we could meet up tomorrow if that's alright o OK with you o if that suits you
    ¿habrán entendido? — me parece que sí do you think they understood? — I think so
    creo que así está bien ¿a ti qué te parece? I think it's alright like that, what do you think? o ( colloq) what do you reckon?
    E
    1 ( en tercera persona) parecer QUE + INDIC:
    parece que va a llover it looks like (it's going to) rain
    parece que fue ayer it seems like only yesterday
    parece (ser) que tiene razón she appears to be right, it seems she's right
    parece (ser) que ha habido un malentendido there appears to have been o it seems there has been a misunderstanding
    parecería que ahora están dipuestos a negociar it would seem that they are now ready to negotiate
    2 (+ me/te/le etc):
    me/nos parece que tiene razón I/we think she's right
    me pareció que no era necesario llamarlo I didn't think it necessary to phone him
    ¿te parece que éstas son horas de llegar a casa? what do you mean by coming home at this time?, what sort of time is this to be coming home?
    1 (+ subj):
    parece increíble que hayan sobrevivido el accidente it seems incredible that they survived the accident
    parece mentira que ya tenga 20 años it's hard to believe o I can't believe o it seems incredible that she's 20 already
    (+ me/te/le etc): me parece difícil que venga I think it's unlikely she'll come
    me parece raro que no te lo haya comentado it seems odd o I find it odd o I think it's odd that he hasn't mentioned it to you
    me parece importante que ella esté presente I think it's important that she (should) be here
    2 (+ inf), (+ me/te/le etc):
    me parece importante dejar esto claro I think it's important to make this clear
    ¿te parece bonito contestarle así a tu madre? is that any way to speak to your mother?
    1 parecer QUE + IMPERF SUBJ:
    parece que para él no pasaran los años he never seems to get any older
    tiene 40 años — parece que tuviera muchos menos she's 40 — she looks much younger o you'd think she was much younger
    2 no parecer QUE + SUBJ:
    no parecía que la situación fuera a cambiar it didn't look as though the situation was going to change
    no parece que le haya hecho mucha gracia la idea it doesn't look as though he liked the idea much, he doesn't seem to have been very taken with the idea
    (+ me/te/le etc): no me parece que esté tan mal I don't think it's that bad
    1 (asemejarse) parecerse A algn/algo (en lo físico) to look like sb/sth, to be like sb/sth; (en el carácter) to be like sb/sth
    esa casa se parece bastante a la nuestra that house is rather like ours o fairly similar to ours
    no son millonarios ni nada que se le parezca they're not millionaires, not by any means o ( colloq) not by a long shot ( AmE) o ( BrE) chalk
    2 ( recípr) to be alike
    no se parecen en nada they're not/they don't look in the least bit alike
    estos cuadros se parecen mucho these pictures are very similar
    1 (opinión) opinion
    a mi parecer in my opinion
    son del mismo parecer they're of the same opinion
    es del parecer de que el asunto debería reconsiderarse she believes o she is of the opinion that the matter should be reconsidered ( frml)
    ello me hizo cambiar de parecer it made me change my mind
    2
    de buen parecer ( ant); handsome
    * * *

     

    parecer 1 ( conjugate parecer) verbo intransitivo
    1 ( aparentar ser):

    no pareces tú en esta foto this picture doesn't look like you (at all);
    parecía de cuero it looked like leather;
    parece ser muy inteligente she seems to be very clever
    2 ( expresando opinión) (+ me/te/le etc):

    ¿qué te parecieron? what did you think of them?;
    vamos a la playa ¿te parece? what do you think, shall we go to the beach?;
    si te parece bien if that's alright with you;
    me parece que sí I think so;
    ¿a ti qué te parece? what do you think?;
    me parece importante I think it's important;
    me pareció que no era necesario I didn't think it necessary;
    hazlo como mejor te parezca do it however o as you think best;
    me parece mal que vaya sola I don't think it's right that she should go on her own
    3 ( dar la impresión) (en 3a pers): así parece or parece que sí it looks like it;
    ◊ aunque no lo parezca, está limpio it might not look like it, but it's clean;

    parece que va a llover it looks like (it's going to) rain;
    parece que fue ayer it seems like only yesterday;
    parece mentira que tenga 20 años it's hard to believe o I can't believe that he's 20;
    parece que fuera más joven you'd think she was much younger
    parecerse verbo pronominal
    a) ( asemejarse) parecerse A algn/algo ( en lo físico) to look o to be like sb/sth;

    ( en el carácter) to be like sb/sth

    ◊ no se parecen en nada they're not/they don't look in the least bit alike;

    se parecen mucho they are very similar
    parecer 2 sustantivo masculino ( opinión) opinion;

    son del mismo parecer they're of the same opinion
    parecer 1 sustantivo masculino
    1 (juicio, opinión) opinion
    cambiar de parecer, to change one's mind
    2 frml (aspecto, presencia) appearance
    parecer 2 verbo intransitivo
    1 (tener un parecido) to look like: pareces una reina, you look like a queen
    (tener un aspecto) to look: pareces agotado, you look exhausted
    2 (causar una impresión) to seem: parecía tener prisa, he seemed to be in a hurry
    su intención parece buena, his intention seems good
    3 (al emitir un juicio) le pareces un engreído, he thinks you are a bighead
    me parece inoportuno, it seems very ill-timed to me
    ¿qué te parece si vamos al cine?, what about going to the cinema?
    4 (uso impersonal) parece que va a haber tormenta, it looks as if there's going to be a storm
    no parece que le importe, it doesn't seem to bother him

    ' parecer' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    al
    - aparentar
    - emitir
    - encontrar
    - juicio
    - mentira
    - ver
    - vista
    - visto
    - dar
    - envejecer
    - latir
    - muñeca
    - sonar
    - tincar
    English:
    appear
    - change
    - cuff
    - dwarf
    - evidently
    - feel
    - look
    - seem
    - seemingly
    - sound
    - strike
    - view
    - apparently
    - mind
    - opinion
    - suggestive
    - tune
    * * *
    ♦ nm
    1. [opinión] opinion;
    somos de igual o [m5] del mismo parecer we are of the same opinion;
    a mi/nuestro/ etc[m5]. parecer in my/our/ etc opinion;
    cambiar de parecer to change one's mind
    2. [apariencia]
    de buen parecer good-looking
    ♦ vi
    [semejar] to look like;
    parece un palacio it looks like a palace;
    parecía un sueño it was like a dream
    ♦ v copulativo
    to look, to seem;
    pareces cansado you look o seem tired;
    en la tele parece más joven she looks younger on the TV;
    el casero parece buena persona the landlord seems nice o seems like a nice person;
    parece de metal it looks like it's made of metal;
    es alemán, pero no lo parece he's German, but he doesn't look it;
    ¡pareces bobo! are you stupid, or what?
    ♦ v impersonal
    1. [indica opinión]
    me parece que… I think that…, it seems to me that…;
    me parece que viven juntos I think o believe they live together;
    me parece que no voy a aprobar I don't think I'm going to pass;
    me parece que sí/no I think/don't think so;
    el examen me pareció bastante complicado I found the exam rather difficult, I thought the exam was rather difficult;
    no me pareció interesante I didn't find it interesting, I didn't think it was interesting;
    ¿qué te parece mi vestido? what do you think of my dress?;
    ¿qué te parece si vamos a mi casa? why don't we go to my place?, what do you say we go to my place?;
    ¿qué te parece la idea? – me parece bien/mal what do you think of the idea? – it seems OK to me/I don't think much of it;
    nada le parece bien she's never happy with anything;
    todo le parece bien he always says yes to everything;
    no me parece bien que llegues tan tarde I'm not pleased about you arriving so late;
    me parece mal que se experimente con animales I don't agree with experiments on animals;
    no me parece mal que venga I don't see anything wrong with her coming;
    haz lo que te parezca [lo que quieras] do what you like;
    haz lo que te parezca mejor do as you see fit, do what you think best;
    parece mentira que todavía no haya dimitido it's incredible that he hasn't resigned yet;
    es bastante caro, ¿no te parece? it's rather expensive, don't you think?;
    si te parece (bien) quedamos el lunes we can meet on Monday, if that's all right by you;
    podemos comer fuera, ¿te parece? why don't we go out for a meal?, what do you say we go out for a meal?;
    ¿te parece bonito lo que has hecho? are you pleased with yourself o satisfied now?
    2. [tener aspecto de]
    parece que va a llover it looks like (it's going to) rain;
    parece que le gusta it looks as if o it seems (that) she likes it;
    no parece que le guste he doesn't seem to like it, it seems (that) he doesn't like it;
    parece (ser) que hay un pequeño malentendido there seems to be a small misunderstanding, it seems (like) there's a small misunderstanding;
    ahora parece (ser) que quieren echarse atrás it now seems they want to pull out;
    a lo que parece, al parecer apparently;
    tienen mucho dinero, aunque no lo parezca it may not seem like it, but they've got a lot of money;
    eso parece so it seems;
    parece como si estuviéramos en invierno it's as if it was still winter;
    parece que fue ayer cuando nos conocimos it seems like only yesterday that we met;
    ¿lo ha hecho? – parece que sí has she done it? – it seems so o it seems she has;
    ¿te han invitado? – parece que no have they invited you? – it seems not o it doesn't seem so;
    parece que no, pero se tarda en llegar hasta aquí you'd be surprised how long it takes you to get here;
    según parece apparently
    * * *
    I m opinion, view;
    al parecer apparently;
    de buen parecer well-dressed;
    dar su parecer give one’s opinion
    II v/i seem, look;
    me parece que I think (that), it seems to me that;
    me parece bien it seems fine to me;
    ¿qué te parece? what do you think?;
    si a usted le parece if you’re agreeable, if it suits you;
    parece que va a llover it looks like rain, it looks like it’s going to rain
    * * *
    parecer {53} vi
    1) : to seem, to look, to appear to be
    parece bien fácil: it looks very easy
    así parece: so it seems
    pareces una princesa: you look like a princess
    2) : to think, to have an opinion
    me parece que sí: I think so
    3) : to like, to be in agreement
    si te parece: if you like, if it's all right with you
    * * *
    3. (opinar) to think [pt. & pp. thought]
    ¿qué te parece? what do you think?
    4. (uso impersonal) to look / to seem

    Spanish-English dictionary > parecer

  • 44 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 45 على

    عَلَى \ against: touching (usually sth. upright): The rain beat against the window. He pressed his nose against the glass. on: showing where sb. or sth. is placed: He lay on his back on the bed. The picture hung on a nail on the wall. Your name is on the list. He hit me on the nose. The boat is on the river (in the water). The house is on the river (beside the water), as in the previous meaning, but with movement (often with to) He jumped on (to) his horse. The book fell on (to) the floor. onto: on to: He sprang onto the table. over: lying across; resting on; covering: A cloud was over the sun. She spread a cloth over the table, across the surface of Ships sail over the sea, above (in rank, etc.) He rules over a proud people, about; concerning They quarrelled over the resutl of the race. You need not hurry over your dinner. upon: on. \ عَلَى \ on shore, ashore: on dry land; not on the sea; on or to the shore: Sailors are unhappy ashore. We swam ashore from the boat. \ See Also نَحْوَ البَرّ، اليابسة (اليَابِسَة)‏ \ عَلَى \ ashore: on or to the shore: Sailors are unhappy ashore. We swam ashore from the boat. on shore, ashore: on dry land; not on the sea. \ See Also نَحْوَ الشّاطِئ \ عَلَى اتِّصَال (عكس مُنْقَطع عن)‏ \ in touch: (the opposite is out of touch) giving or receiving news: I’ve been in touch with my brother by telephone. The radio keeps us in touch with world events. \ عَلَى أتَمّ ما يكُون من التَّرتيب والهِنْدام \ spick and span: (as a predic. phrase) neat, clean and bright: Sailors usually keep their boats spick and span. \ عَلَى الأَثير \ on the air: being sent out on the radio or television. \ عَلَى أَحْسَن وَجْه \ best, well, better: in the best way: Peter played best last week. \ عَلَى أرْبَع \ on all fours: on hands and knees: She went down on all fours to look for the needle. \ عَلَى الأرض \ over: from an upright (or straight) position to a flat (or bent) position: I fell over. He knocked me over. She bent over to pick it up. \ عَلَى استعداد \ content: willing: I’m content to wait for my turn. \ عَلَى أشُدِّه \ in full swing: (of an activity) at its highest point; very busy: The party was in full swing when I arrived. \ عَلَى الإطلاق \ little: (coming just before the verb) not at all: I little knew (or Little did I know) that next day he would be dead. not in the least: not at all: It doesn’t matter in the least. whatever: at all: I have no money whatever. whatsoever: a strong form of whatever; at all: Tell him nothing whatsoever!. \ عَلَى الأَغْلَب \ for the most part: mostly: He is old and for the most part he stays at home. \ عَلَى أَقْصَى ما تستطيع رؤيتَه \ in the distance: far away (from the point where one is): In the distance he could see the mountains. \ عَلَى الأَقَلّ \ a good: (with numbers) at least: He lives a good 3 miles away. at least: (showing that sth. is true, necessary, etc., even if sth. else is not) in spite of what has just been said or is just going to be said: He may be lazy but at least he’s honest. You can at least be polite even if you don’t like him, not less than It cost at least $100. quite: at least; not less than: The journey took quite three hours. \ عَلَى الأَكثَر \ largely: mostly: The accident was largely his own fault. mainly: chiefly; mostly. \ عَلَى انفِراد \ private: (only in the phrase in private) privately; where nobody can hear except those concerned: May I speak to you in private. \ عَلَى أُهْبَة الاستعداد \ stand by: to be ready, in case one may be needed: The soldiers were told to stand by. \ عَلَى أَيّ حال \ anyhow: in any case: I don’t really need this; anyhow, it costs too much. anyway: in any case: I may be late; anyway, don’t wait for me, in any case I don’t really need this; anyhow, it costs too much. at all events, in any event: in any case; whatever may happen or has happened: He didn’t win but, at all events, he did try hard. at any rate: at least; in any case: He wasn’t there; at any rate, I don’t think he was. I may not succeed; but I’ll try, at any rate. in any case: no matter what else may be considered, anyhow: It costs too much. In any case, I don’t really need it. \ عَلَى أيَّة حال \ all the same, at the same time: (only at the start of a sentence; comparing points that are for and against) in spite of this: He’s not clever; all the same, he does try hard. however: all the same; in spite of what has just been said: I’m very tired; however, I’ll come and help you. \ عَلَى بُعد \ away: at a distance: Brighton is 60 miles away. Keep away from the wet paint. beyond: further; on or to the farther side: I looked across the river to the hills beyond. \ عَلَى التَّخْصِيص \ in particular: especially: I enjoyed his first song in particular. \ عَلَى التَّوَالي \ respectively: separately, in that order: Boys and girls will be examined on Monday and Tuesday respectively (the boys on Monday, the girls on Tuesday). \ عَلَى جَانِب \ up: along (up and down are both used like this, although the course may be quite level): He lives just up the road. \ عَلَى الجميع \ round: to everyone: He handed the coffee round. There were not enough cups to go round. \ عَلَى حَدٍّ \ as far as, so far as: (showing a limit): As far as I know, he’s not here. \ عَلَى حَدٍّ سَواء \ alike: in the same way: He treats us all alike. \ عَلَى حَدِّ عِلْمي \ to the best knowledge: as far as I know: To the best of my knowledge, he is honest (I have no reason to doubt his honesty). \ عَلَى حِدَة \ private: (only in the phrase in private) privately; where nobody can hear except those concerned: May I speak to you in private?. separate: not joined or shared; apart: Keep the new milk separate from the old. \ عَلَى حَقّ (مُحِقّ)‏ \ be in the right: not be at fault: Although they said she’d made a mistake, they discovered she was in the right. \ عَلَى حِين غِرَّة \ all of a sudden: in a sudden manner. suddenly: in a sudden manner: The door opened suddenly. \ عَلَى خَطَأ \ in the wrong: mistaken (in one’s judgement, behaviour etc.). \ عَلَى الدَّوام \ always: at all times. \ عَلَى رؤوس الأصابِع \ on tiptoe: on the tips of one’s toes: I can reach that if I stand on tiptoe. \ عَلَى الرّاجح \ likely: (usu. with very, most, more or quite) probably: She’s very likely right. \ عَلَى الرُّغْم مِن \ despite: in spite of: Despite his age, the old man walks several miles every day. for all: in spite of: For all his strength, he could not lift it. much as: although: Much as I admire him, I could not work with him. spite, in spite of: (of sth. that fails) even with: In spite of his efforts, he could not save her life, without regard to; not caring about (a difficulty) In spite of his illness, he attended the ceremony. \ عَلَى الرُّغْم مِنْ أَنَّ \ although: in spite of the fact that; (without a verb) in spite of being: Although (he was) ill, he went to work. \ عَلَى الرُّغْم من ذلك \ even so: in spite of that: He may be foolish; even so, you should help him. just the same: (showing one thing that is not the natural result of another) in spite of this: He’s a thief, but I like him just the same. nevertheless: in spite of that: I told him it would be dangerous, but nevertheless he did it. still: in spite of that: We rarely win; but still, we enjoy playing. \ عَلَى سَبيل المِثال \ for instance: as an example: He’s often late. Yesterday, for instance, he came home after midnight. \ عَلَى السَّطح كلِّه \ over: (esp. with all) across a surface: The table was wet all over. He rubbed it over with a dry cloth. \ عَلَى سَوِيَّة \ level: equal in height or position: His eyes were level with my shoulder. I soon drew level with the leading runner. \ عَلَى سَوِيَّة \ flush: exactly on a level with; not sticking out from; meeting exactly at the edges: The door is flush with the wall when it is closed. \ See Also مستوى (مُسْتَوًى)‏ \ عَلَى سَوِيَّة واحدة \ even: equal: The table legs were not of even length. He shared the money evenly among them. \ عَلَى شاكِلَة \ like: the same as: What is he like (in appearance and character)? He’s just like his father., What does it feel (or look or taste or smell or sound) like?. in the same way as:: He swims like a fish. \ عَلَى شَرْط \ provide (that), also providing (that): if; on condition that: I’ll go, provided (that) you’ll go too. \ عَلَى شَفَا \ on the brink of: close to (sth. dangerous or exciting): on the brink of war. on the point of doing sth.: starting to do sth.: I was on the point of telephoning you, when I got your letter. on one’s last legs: (of a person or thing) not expected to last much longer; worn out; almost in ruins: That company is on its last legs. on the verge of: close to: She was on the verge of tears. \ See Also شفير (الموت أو الإفلاس، إلخ)، عَلى وَشْك \ عَلَى صَهْوَةِ الجَوَاد \ on horseback: on a horse: He travelled on horseback. \ عَلَى ضِغْن \ grudgingly: unwillingly. \ See Also على غير رَغْبَة \ عَلَى طُولِ \ along: following the line of: He ran along the road. down: along (without regard to level): We raced down the street. My friend lives just down the road. \ عَلَى ظَهْر \ on deck: on an uncovered deck, in the open air. \ See Also سَطْح السفينة \ عَلَى ظَهْر الحِصان \ on horseback: on a horse: He travelled on horseback. \ عَلَى ظَهْر السَّفينة \ on board: on (or on to) a ship or aeroplane: There are 70 men on board. Can I go on board the aircraft?. \ عَلَى ظَهْر الصَّفْحَة \ overleaf: on the back of the page: Please fill in this paper, and sign your name overleaf. \ عَلَى عَرْض \ across: over; from one side to the other of: He ran across the street. There is a bridge across the stream. \ عَلَى العَكْس \ on the contrary: (expressing disagreement) the opposite is true: It’s not worn out - on the contrary, it’s quite new. \ عَلَى عِلْم بِـ \ familiar with: knowing; accustomed to: I’m not familiar with English law. \ عَلَى عُلُوّ \ high: (in compounds) to the height of: The grass was waist-high. \ عَلَى الغالِب \ probably: almost certainly; with little doubt: You’re probably right. \ عَلَى غَيْر انتظار \ surprisingly: unexpectedly: a surprisingly good result. \ عَلَى غَيْر رَغْبَة \ grudgingly: unwillingly. \ عَلَى غَيْر هُدًى \ adrift: (of boats) loose; floating about with no control: Our ship was wrecked and we were left adrift in a small boat on the ocean. \ عَلَى فَتَرات مُنْتَظِمة \ periodically: from time to time. \ عَلَى فَرض أنّ \ (conj.) supposing: if: Supposing he’s late, shall we wait for him? Even supposing the lorry comes, it will still be too late. \ عَلَى الفِطْرة \ na]ve: too simple to be sensible; lacking wisdom and experience: a na]ve question; a na]ve young girl. \ عَلَى فِكْرَة \ by the way: used to show that the speaker is about to change the subject: Thank you for your help. By the way, would you like to come to our party next week?. \ عَلَى الفَوْر \ directly: at once: He arrived directly after me. instantly: at once. off-hand: without thought or preparation: I can’t say off-hand what it cost, but it was over $1000. \ عَلَى قافية واحدة \ rhyme: (of word endings) to have the same sound: ‘Consideration’ rhymes with ‘nation’, ‘Port’ rhymes with ‘thought’. ‘Pleasure’ rhymes with ‘measure’ but not with ‘pressure’. \ عَلَى قَدْر \ according to: in the proper way for; depending on: Each man was paid according to his skill. \ عَلَى قَدَم وَسَاق \ in full swing: (of an activity) at its highest point; very busy: The party was in full swing when I arrived. \ عَلَى قَيْد الحَيَاة \ alive: living: He was buried alive when part of a cliff fell on him. \ عَلَى كُلّ حال \ at any rate: at least; in any case: He wasn’t there; at any rate, I don’t think he was. I may not succeed; but I’ll try, at any rate. \ عَلَى مَا يَبْدُو \ apparently: it seems (from what people say): I thought she was 15, but apparently is older. \ عَلَى ما يَصِل إليه عِلْمي \ to the best of my knowledge: as far as I know: To the best of my knowledge, my son has never met her. \ See Also على مَبْلَغ علمي \ عَلَى المَدَى الطَّويل \ in the long run: after a period of time; in the end: It’ll be cheaper in the long run to buy good quality shoes. \ عَلَى مسؤوليَّته الشخصيّة \ at one’s own risk: agreeing that any troube will be one’s own fault: The bridge is unsafe but you can cross it at your own risk. \ عَلَى مسافة قريبة مِن \ off: a short distance from: an island off the English coast. \ عَلَى مُسْتَوًى \ level: equal in height or position: His eyes were level with my shoulder. \ عَلَى مِصْرَاعَيْه (فَتَحَ الباب)‏ \ wide: (with open) fully: open the door wide. Leave it wide open. \ عَلَى نَحْو مماثِل \ similarly: in the same way: They were similarly dressed. \ عَلَى نَسَق \ on the lines of: in the general form of: We’re planning some sports on the lines of the Olympic Games, but for schoolboys only. \ عَلَى نَفْس الوَتيرة \ even: (of movement) regular; steady: Her heart was not beating evenly. \ عَلَى نَوبات \ fits and starts: in short bursts; starting and stopping: The engine only goes in fits and starts. \ See Also فترات \ عَلَى هذا المُعَدَّل \ at that rate: if those conditions continue: He keeps stopping for a rest; at that rate, he won’t finish the job today. \ عَلَى هذا النَّحْو \ so: in this way; in that way: Don’t shout so!. thus: in this way. \ عَلَى الهَوَاء \ on the air: being sent out on the radio or television. \ عَلَى وَتِيرَة واحدة \ monotonous: (of a voice, a job, a way of life, etc.) dull, never changing and therefore uninteresting. \ عَلَى وَجْهٍ \ unusually: (with an adj.) very; strangely: It is unusually cold in here today. \ See Also بشكل غير عاديّ \ عَلَى وَجْهِ التَّقْريب \ roughly: (with numbers and amounts) not exactly; about: roughly 50 trees; roughly a mile away. \ عَلَى وَجْهِ الخُصُوص \ particularly: especially: a particularly nasty smell. \ عَلَى الوَجهِ الصحيح \ duly: properly; as expected: The bill was duly paid. The train duly arrived. \ عَلَى وَجْهِ العُمُوم \ in general: in most cases: Men in general are taller than women. \ عَلَى وَجْهٍ ما \ somehow: in some way or other, by some means or other: I’ll pay for it somehow, even if I have to ask someone to lend me the money. \ عَلَى وَجْهٍ مُسْتَهْجَن \ oddly: strangely: She behaved very oddly last night. \ عَلَى مِقْدار عِلْمي \ for all I know: as far as I know: For all I know, you may have stolen this. \ عَلَى مَقْرُبةٍ \ near: close to, in position: His house is near my own. \ عَلَى مَقرُبة مِن \ about: around; near There’s a lot of illness about. I went out early, when no one was about (when no one else was out). \ عَلَى مَهْل \ leisurely: without haste: He likes a leisurely walk in the evening. \ عَلَى نَحْو أسوأ \ worse: more bad; more badly: Murder is worse than stealing. It is a worse crime. You write even worse than I do. \ عَلَى نَحْوٍ أَفْضَل \ better, well, best: in a better way: He drives better than I do. \ عَلَى نَحْو تامّ \ strictly: exactly: Strictly speaking (If I tell you the exact truth) this ticket is out of date; but I’ll let you travel with it. \ See Also كامل (كامِل)‏ \ عَلَى نَحْو خَطير \ badly: seriously: He was badly wounded. \ عَلَى نَحْو رَخْو \ loosely: in a loose way: a loosely tied knot. \ See Also غير مُحْكَم \ عَلَى نَحْو رَدِيء \ badly: in a bad manner: badly dressed; badly made. \ عَلَى نَحْو صارم \ strictly: very firmly: Smoking in this cinema is strictly forbidden. \ See Also دَقيق \ عَلَى نَحْو صَحيح \ right: correctly: You guessed right. \ عَلَى نَحْو صَحيح \ rightly: justly; correctly: You acted rightly. \ See Also ملائم (مُلائم)‏ \ عَلَى نَحْوٍ كَامِل \ absolutely: without conditions: You must agree absolutely and not to try to change matters later. \ عَلَى نَحو مألوف \ ordinarily: usually. \ عَلَى نَحْو مُرْضٍ \ well: (the adv. form of the adj. good; see better, best) in a good and pleasing way: Well done! You played very well. \ عَلَى نَحْو مُلحّ \ badly: (with need, want) very much: They need money badly. \ عَلَى وَشْك \ on the point of doing sth.: starting to do sth.: I was on the point of telephoning you, when I got your letter. \ عَلَى وَشْك أَنْ \ be about to do sth.: to be ready to do it; be just going to do it: I was about to go when he arrived. on the verge of: close to: She was on the verge of tears. \ عَلَى يَد (مِن قِبَل)‏ \ by: (showing who or what did sth.): He was bitten by a dog. \ عَلَى اليدين والرِّجلين \ on all fours: on hands and knees: She went down on all fours to look for the needle.

    Arabic-English dictionary > على

  • 46 parecer2

    2 = loom, seem, sound (like), sound + like, strike + Pronombre Personal, look, smack of, come off as.
    Ex. The problem of their citation looms less significantly in abstracting and indexing products than that of the citation of periodical articles.
    Ex. For this scheme it would seem sensible to order the foci within each facet differently according to the nature of the facet.
    Ex. Limitless flexibility sounds to be the answer but it is, of course, impossibly expensive and unacceptable aesthetically.
    Ex. 'I hope this doesn't sound like an off-the-wall remark but have you ever heard of or read anything about the so called mid-life crisis?'.
    Ex. 'You commented earlier,' she said ingenuously, aloud, 'that Kass didn't strike you as the union type'.
    Ex. An architectural rendering is a pictorial representation of a building intended to show, before it has been built, how the building will look when completed.
    Ex. This opinion bothers me on two counts, one because it smacks of exploitation and, two, because a fair number of the world's leaders, for better or worse, were remarkably successful as leaders in spite of less than outstanding academic records.
    Ex. I love the content of this discussion, and hope that my comments don't come off as negative.
    ----
    * al parecer = apparently, apparently, it seems that..., supposedly, allegedly, it appeared that....
    * aunque no lo parezca = oddly enough, strangely enough, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange.
    * aunque parezca difícil = difficult though it may seem, difficult as it may seem.
    * aunque parezca extraño = strangely enough, oddly enough, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange.
    * aunque parezca increíble = incredibly, incredible though it may seem, incredibly enough, incredible as it may seem, although it may seem incredible.
    * aunque parezca mentira = amazingly enough, believe it or not, strangely enough, incredibly, incredible though it may seem, incredibly enough, incredible as it may seem, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange, although it may seem incredible.
    * aunque parezca raro = strangely enough, oddly enough, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange, funnily enough, funnily.
    * es lo que a mí me parece = my two cents' worth.
    * ganar cuando todo parece estar perdido = victory from the jaws of defeat.
    * hacer parecer = make + seem, make + Nombre + out to be.
    * hacer parecer pequeño = dwarf.
    * las cosas no son tan simples como parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.
    * las cosas son más complicadas de lo que parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.
    * más complejo de lo que parece = more than meets the eye.
    * más complicado de lo que parece = more than meets the eye.
    * no parecer que = there + be + no sign of, there + be + little sign of.
    * no parecerse en nada a = be nothing like.
    * no parecerse ni por asomo = different as night and day.
    * no parecer Uno Mismo = be out of character.
    * o algo parecido = in the way of.
    * o eso parece = or so it seems.
    * parece como = appear + as though.
    * parece que... = it seems that....
    * parecer + Adjetivo = appear + Adjetivo.
    * parecer atractivo = look + attractive.
    * parecer bien = be all right with + Persona.
    * parecer bueno = look + good.
    * parecer contradictorio = appear + contradictory.
    * parecer debatible = look + debatable.
    * parecer en peligro = appear + in jeopardy.
    * parecer estar = appear + to be.
    * parecer increíble = beggar + belief.
    * parecer loco = sound + crazy.
    * parecer lógico = make + sense.
    * parecer + merecer la pena + Infinitivo = seem + worth + Gerundio.
    * parecer + Nombre = seem + like + Nombre.
    * parecer probable = seem + likely.
    * parecer prometedor = look + promising, show + promise.
    * parecer raro = sound + odd.
    * parecerse = bear + similarity, look + alike, take after.
    * parecerse a = look like, resemble.
    * parecer ser = appear + to be.
    * parecer una eternidad = seem like + an eternity.
    * parecer una locura = sound + crazy.
    * parecer una probabilidad = loom up + a possibility.
    * parece tener poco sentido que = there + seem + little point in.
    * por muy difícil que parezca = difficult though it may seem, difficult as it may seem.
    * por muy extraño que parezca = oddly enough, strangely enough, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange, funnily enough, funnily.
    * por muy increíble que parezca = incredible though it may seem, incredibly, incredibly enough, incredible as it may seem, although it may seem incredible.
    * por muy mentira que parezca = incredibly, incredible though it may seem, strangely enough, incredibly enough, incredible as it may seem, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange, although it may seem incredible.
    * por muy raro que parezca = strangely enough, oddly enough, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange.
    * que parece dudoso = dubious-sounding.
    * que parece sospechoso = dubious-sounding.
    * qué te parece que... = what about....
    * según parece = apparently, apparently, by the looks of it.
    * ser lo más parecido a = be as close as we come to.
    * ser parecido a = be close to.
    * si se parece a un pato, anda como un pato y grazna como un pato, entonces es = If it looks like a duck, walks like a duck, and quacks like a duck, then it must be a duck.
    * tan sorprendente como pueda parecer = as amazing as it seems.

    Spanish-English dictionary > parecer2

  • 47 ἄν

    ἄν (A), [pron. full] [ᾰ], [dialect] Ep., Lyr., [dialect] Ion., Arc., [dialect] Att.; also κεν) [dialect] Ep., [dialect] Aeol., Thess., κᾱ [dialect] Dor., [dialect] Boeot., El.; the two combined in [dialect] Ep. (infr. D. 11.2) and Arc.,
    A

    εἰκ ἄν IG5(2).6.2

    , 15 (iv B. C.):—modal Particle used with Verbs to indicate that the action is limited by circumstances or defined by conditions. In Hom. κε is four times as common as ἄν, in Lyr. about equally common. No clear distinction can be traced, but κε as an enclitic is somewhat less emphatic; ἄν is preferred by Hom. in negative clauses, κε ([etym.] ν) with the relative.
    A In Simple Sentences, and in the Apodosis of Compound Sentences; here ἄν belongs to the Verb, and denotes that the assertion made by the Verb is dependent on a condition, expressed or implied: thus ἦλθεν he came, ἦλθεν ἄν he would have come (under conditions, which may or may not be defined), and so he might have come; ἔλθοι may he come, ἔλθοι ἄν he would come (under certain conditions), and so he might come.
    I WITH INDICATIVE:
    1 with historical tenses, generally [tense] impf. and [tense] aor., less freq. [tense] plpf., never [tense] pf., v. infr.,
    a most freq. in apodosis of conditional sentences, with protasis implying nonfulfilment of a past or present condition, and apod. expressing what would be or would have been the case if the condition were or had been fulfilled. The [tense] impf. with ἄν refers to continued action, in Hom. always in past time, exc. perh.

    καί κε θάμ' ἐνθάδ' ἐόντες ἐμισγόμεθ' Od.4

    . 178; later also in [tense] pres. time, first in Thgn.905; πολὺ ἂν θαυμαστότερον ἦν, εἰ ἐτιμῶντο it would be far more strange if they were honoured, Pl.R. 489a; οὐκ ἂν νήσων ἐκράτει, εἰ μή τι καὶ ναυτικὸν εἶχεν he would not have been master of islands if he had not had also some naval power, Th.1.9. The [tense] aor. strictly refers only to past time, Pi.N.11.24, etc.; εἰ τότε ταύτην ἔσχε τὴν γνώμην, οὐδὲν ἂν ὧν νυνὶ πεποίηκεν ἔπραξεν if he had then come to this opinion, he would have accomplished nothing of what he has now done, D.4.5, al., but is used idiomatically with Verbs of saying, answering, etc., as we say I should have said,

    εἰ μὴ πατὴρ ἦσθ', εἶπον ἄν σ' οὐκ εὖ φρονεῖν S.Ant. 755

    , cf. Pl.Smp. 199d, Euthphr. 12d, etc.: the [tense] plpf. refers to completed actions, as ὃ εἰ ἀπεκρίνω, ἱκανῶς ἂν ἤδη παρὰ σοῦ τὴν ὁσιότητα ἐμεμαθήκη I should have already learnt.., ib. 14c;

    εἰ ὁ ἀνὴρ ἀπέθανεν, δικαίως ἂν ἐτεθνήκει Antipho 4.2.3

    .
    c with no definite protasis understood, to express what would have been likely to happen, or might have happened in past time: ἢ γάρ μιν ζωόν γε κιχήσεαι, ἤ κεν Ὀρέστης κτεῖνεν ὑποφθάμενος for either you will find him alive, or else Orestes may already have killed him before you, Od.4.546; ὃ θεασάμενος πᾶς ἄν τις ἀνὴρ ἠράσθη δάϊος εἶναι every man who saw this (the 'Seven against Thebes') would have longed to be a warrior, Ar. Ra. 1022; esp. with τάχα, q. v., ἀλλ' ἦλθε μὲν δὴ τοῦτο τοὔνειδος τάχ' ἂν ὀργῇ βιασθὲν μᾶλλον ἢ γνώμῃ φρενῶν, i. e. it might perhaps have come, S.OT 523; τάχα ἂν δὲ καὶ ἄλλως πως ἐσπλεύσαντες (sc. διέβησαν ) and they might also perhaps have crossed by sea (to Sicily) in some other way, Th.6.2, cf. Pl.Phdr. 265b.
    d ἄν is freq. omitted in apodosi with Verbs expressing obligation, propriety, or possibility, as ἔδει, ἐχρῆν, εἰκὸς ἦν, etc., and sts. for rhetorical effect, εἰ μὴ.. ᾖσμεν, φόβον παρέσχεν it had caused (for it would have caused) fear, E.Hec. 1113. This use becomes more common in later Gk.
    2 with [tense] fut. ind.:
    a frequently in [dialect] Ep., usu. with κεν, rarely ἄν, Il.9.167, 22.66, indicating a limitation or condition, ὁ δέ κεν κεχολώσεται ὅν κεν ἵκωμαι and he will likely be angry to whom- soever I shall come, ib.1.139; καί κέ τις ὧδ' ἐρέει and in that case men will say, 4.176;

    ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι καταλέξω Od.3.80

    ; so in Lyr.,

    μαθὼν δέ τις ἂν ἐρεῖ Pi.N.7.68

    , cf. I.6(5).59.
    b rarely in codd. of [dialect] Att. Prose writers,

    σαφὲς ἂν καταστήσετε Th.1.140

    ;

    οὐχ ἥκει, οὐδ' ἂν ἥξει δεῦρο Pl.R. 615d

    , cf. Ap. 29c, X.An.2.5.13; dub. in Hp.Mul.2.174: in later Prose, Philostr. V A2.21, S E.M.9.225: also in Poetry, E.El. 484, Ar.Av. 1313;

    οὐκ ἂν προδώσω Herod.6.36

     (corr. - δοίην):— for ἄν with [tense] fut. inf. and part. v. infr.
    II WITH SUBJUNCTIVE, only in [dialect] Ep., the meaning being the same as with the [tense] fut. ind. (1.2a), freq. with [ per.] 1st pers., as εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώῃσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι in that case I will take her myself, Il.1.324; πείθευ, ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι εἰδέω χάριν obey and if so I will be grateful, 14.235 (the subj. is always introduced by δέ in this usage); also with other persons, giving emphasis to the future,

    οὐκ ἄν τοι χραίσμῃ κίθαρις 3.54

    , al.
    III WITH OPTATIVE (never [tense] fut., rarely [tense] pf. πῶς ἂν λελήθοι [με]; X.Smp.3.6):
    a in apodosis of conditional sentences, after protasis in opt. with εἰ or some other conditional or relative word, expressing a [tense] fut. condition:

    ἀλλ' εἴ μοί τι πίθοιο, τό κεν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη Il.7.28

    ;

    οὐ πολλὴ ἂν ἀλογία εἴη, εἰ φοβοῖτο τὸν θάνατον; Pl.Phd. 68b

    :—in Hom. [tense] pres. and [tense] aor. opt. with κε or ἄν are sts. used like [tense] impf. and [tense] aor. ind. with ἄν in Attic, with either regular ind. or another opt. in the protasis: καί νύ κεν ἔνθ' ἀπόλοιτο.. εἰ μὴ.. νόησε κτλ., i. e. he would have perished, had she not perceived, etc., Il.5.311, cf. 5.388, 17.70; εἰ νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, ἦ τ' ἂν ἐγὼ.. κλισίηνδε φεροίμην if we were now contending in another's honour, I should now carry.., ib.23.274: so rarely in Trag., οὐδ' ἂν σὺ φαίης, εἴ σε μὴ κνίζοι λέχος (for εἰ μὴ ἔκνιζε) E.Med. 568.
    b with protasis in [tense] pres. or [tense] fut., the opt. with ἄν in apodosi takes a simply future sense: φρούριον δ' εἰ ποιήσονται, τῆς μὲν γῆς βλάπτοιεν ἄν τι μέρος they might perhaps damage, Th.1.142, cf. 2.60, Pl.Ap. 25b, R. 333e;

    ἢν οὖν μάθῃς.. οὐκ ἂν ἀποδοίην Ar.Nu. 116

    , cf. D.1.26, al.
    c with protasis understood:

    φεύγωμεν· ἔτι γάρ κεν ἀλύξαιμεν κακὸν ἦμαρ Od.10.269

    ; οὔτε ἐσθίουσι πλείω ἢ δύνανται φέρειν· διαρραγεῖεν γὰρ ἄν for (if they should do so) they would burst, X. Cyr.8.2.21; τὸν δ' οὔ κε δύ' ἀνέρε.. ἀπ' οὔδεος ὀχλίσσειαν two men could not heave the stone from the ground, i. e. would not, if they should try, Il.12.447;

    οὐδ' ἂν δικαίως ἐς κακὸν πέσοιμί τι S.Ant. 240

    , cf. D.2.8: in Hom. sts. with ref. to past time,

    Τυδεΐδην οὐκ ἂν γνοίης ποτέροισι μετείη Il.5.85

    .
    d with no definite protasis implied, in potential sense: ἡδέως δ' ἂν ἐροίμην Λεπτίνην but I would gladly ask Leptines, D.20.129; βουλοίμην ἄν I should like , Lat. velim (but ἐβουλόμην ἄν I should wish, if it were of any avail, vellem); ποῖ οὖν τραποίμεθ' ἄν; which way then can we turn? Pl.Euthd. 290a; οὐκ ἂν μεθείμην τοῦ θρόνου I will not give up the throne, Ar.Ra. 830; idiomatically, referring to the past, αὗται δὲ οὐκ ἂν πολλαὶ εἶεν but these would not (on investigation) prove to be many, Th.1.9; εἴησαν δ' ἂν οὗτοι Κρῆτες these would be (i. e. would have been) Cretans, Hdt.1.2: used in order to soften assertions by giving them a less positive form, as οὐκ ἂν οὖν πάνυ γέ τι σπουδαῖον εἴη ἡ δικαιοσύνη, i.e. it would not prove to be, etc. (for, it is not, etc.), Pl.R. 333e.
    e in questions, expressing a wish:

    τίς ἂν θεῶν.. δοίη; S.OC 1100

    , cf.A.Ag. 1448;

    πῶς ἂν θάνοιμι; S.Aj. 389

    : hence (with no question) as a mild command, exhortation, or entreaty,

    τλαίης κεν Μενελάῳ ἐπιπροέμεν ταχὺν ἰόν Il.4.94

    ; σὺ μὲν κομίζοις ἂν σεαυτὸν ᾗ θέλεις you may take yourself off (milder than κόμιζε σεαυτόν), S.Ant. 444; χωροῖς ἂν εἴσω you may go in, El. 1491; κλύοις ἂν ἤδη, Φοῖβε hear me now, Phoebus, ib. 637; φράζοις ἄν, λέγοις ἄν, Pl.Phlb. 23c, 48b.
    f in a protasis which is also an apodosis: εἴπερ ἄλλῳ τῳ ἀνθρώπων πειθοίμην ἄν, καὶ σοὶ πείθομαι if I would trust any (other) man (if he gave me his word), I trust you, Id.Prt. 329b; εἰ μὴ ποιήσαιτ' ἂν τοῦτο if you would not do this (if you could), D.4.18, cf. X.Mem.1.5.3, Plot.6.4.16.
    g rarely omitted with opt. in apodosis:

    ῥεῖα θεός γ' ἐθέλων καὶ τηλόθεν ἄνδρα σαώσαι Od.3.231

    , cf. 14.123, Il.5.303; also in Trag.,

    θᾶσσον ἢ λέγοι τις E.Hipp. 1186

    ;

    τεὰν δύνασιν τίς.. κατάσχοι; S.Ant. 605

    .
    h ἄν c. [tense] fut. opt. is prob. always corrupt (cf. 1.2b), as τὸν αὐτὸν ἂν ἐπαινέσοι ( ἐπαινέσαι Bekk.) Pl.Lg. 719e; εἰδὼς ὅτι οὐδέν' ἂν καταλήψοιτο ( οὐδένα Bekk.) Lys.1.22.
    IV WITH INF. and PART. (sts. ADJ. equivalent to part.,

    τῶν δυνατῶν ἂν κρῖναι Pl.R. 577b

    ) representing ind. or opt.:
    1 [tense] pres. inf. or part.:
    a representing [tense] impf. ind., οἴεσθε τὸν πατέρα.. οὐκ ἂν φυλάττειν; do you think he would not have kept them safe? ([etym.] οὐκ ἂν ἐφύλαττεν), D.49.35; ἀδυνάτων ἂν ὄντων [ὑμῶν] ἐπιβοηθεῖν when you would have been unable, Th.1.73, cf. 4.40.
    2 [tense] aor. inf. or part.:
    a representing [tense] aor. ind., οὐκ ἂν ἡγεῖσθ' αὐτὸν κἂν ἐπιδραμεῖν; do you not think he would even have run thither? ([etym.] καὶ ἐπέδραμεν ἄν), D.27.56; ἴσμεν ὑμᾶς ἀναγκασθέντας ἄν we know you would have been compelled, Th.1.76, cf. 3.89; ῥᾳδίως ἂν ἀφεθείς when he might easily have been acquitted, X.Mem.4.4.4.
    b representing [tense] aor. opt., οὐδ' ἂν κρατῆσαι αὐτοὺς τῆς γῆς ἡγοῦμαι I think they would not even be masters of the land ([etym.] οὐδ' ἂν κρατήσειαν), Th.6.37, cf. 2.20; ὁρῶν ῥᾳδίως ἂν αὐτὸ ληφθέν ([etym.] ληφθείη ἄν) Id.7.42; οὔτε ὄντα οὔτε ἂν γενόμενα, i.e. things which are not and never could happen ([etym.] ἃ οὔτε ἂν γένοιτο), Id.6.38.
    3 [tense] pf. inf. or part. representing:
    a [tense] plpf. ind., πάντα ταῦθ' ὑπὸ τῶν βαρβάρων ἂν ἑαλωκέναι ([etym.] φήσειεν ἄν ) he would say that all these would have been destroyed by the barbarians ([etym.] ἑαλώκη ἄν), D.19.312.
    b [tense] pf. opt., οὐκ ἂν ἡγοῦμαι αὐτοὺς δίκην ἀξίαν δεδωκέναι, εἰ.. καταψηφίσαισθε I do not believe they would (then) have suffered ([etym.] δεδωκότες ἂν εἶεν) punishment enough, etc., Lys.27.9.
    4 [tense] fut. inf.or part., never in [dialect] Ep., and prob. always corrupt in [dialect] Att., νομίζων μέγιστον ἂν σφᾶς ὠφελήσειν (leg. - ῆσαι) Th.5.82, cf. 6.66, 8.25,71; part. is still more exceptional,

    ὡς ἐμοῦ οὐκ ἂν ποιήσοντος ἄλλα Pl.Ap. 30c

     (codd.), cf. D.19.342 (v. l.); both are found in later Gk.,

    νομίσαντες ἂν οἰκήσειν οὕτως ἄριστα Plb.8.30.8

    , cf. Plu.Marc.15, Arr.An.2.2.3; with part., Epicur. Nat.14.1, Luc.Asin.26, Lib.Or.62.21, dub. l. in Arr.An.6.6.5.
    I In the protasis of conditional sentences with εἰ, regularly with the subjunctive. In Attic εἰ ἄν is contracted into ἐάν, ἤν, or ἄν ([etym.] ᾱ) (q. v.): Hom. has generally εἴ κε (or αἴ κε), sts. ἤν, once

    εἰ δ' ἄν Il.3.288

    , twice

    εἴπερ ἄν 5.224

    , 232. The protasis expresses either future condition (with apod. of [tense] fut. time) or general condition (with apod. of repeated action): εἰ δέ κεν ὣς ἔρξῃς καί τοι πείθωνται Ἀχαιοί, γνώσῃ ἔπειθ' ὅς .. if thus thou shalt do.., ib.2.364; ἢν ἐγγὺς ἔλθῃ θάνατος, οὐδεὶς βούλεται θνῄσκειν if death (ever) come near.., E.Alc. 671.
    2 in relative or temporal clauses with a conditional force; here ἄν coalesces with ὅτε, ὁπότε, ἐπεί, ἐπειδή, cf. ὅταν, ὁπόταν, ἐπήν or ἐπάν ([dialect] Ion. ἐπεάν) , ἐπειδάν: Hom. has ὅτε κε (sts. ὅτ' ἄν) , ὁππότε κε (sts. ὁπότ' ἄν or ὁππότ' ἄν) , ἐπεί κε (

    ἐπεὶ ἄν Il.6.412

    ), ἐπήν, εὖτ' ἄν; v. also εἰσόκε ([etym.] εἰς ὅ κε):—τάων ἥν κ' ἐθέλωμι φίλην ποιήσομ' ἄκοιτιν whomsoever of these I may wish.., Il.9.397; ὅταν δὴ μὴ σθένω, πεπαύσομαι when I shall have no strength.., S.Ant.91; ἐχθρὸς γάρ μοι κεῖνος.. ὅς χ' ἕτερον μὲν κεύθῃ ἐνὶ φρεσίν, ἄλλο δὲ εἴπῃ who ever conceals one thing in his mind and speaks another, Il.9.312, cf. D.4.6, Th.1.21. —Hom. uses subj. in both the above constructions (1 and 2 ) without ἄν; also Trag. and Com., S.Aj. 496, Ar.Eq. 805; μέχρι and πρίν occasionally take subj. without ἄν in prose, e.g. Th.1.137,4.16 ([etym.] μέχρι οὗ), Pl.Phd. 62c, Aeschin.3.60.
    3 in final clauses introduced by relative Advbs., as ὡς, ὅπως (of Manner), ἵνα (of Place), ὄφρα, ἕως, etc. (of Time), freq. in [dialect] Ep.,

    σαώτερος ὥς κε νέηαι Il.1.32

    ;

    ὄφρα κεν εὕδῃ Od.3.359

    ;

    ὅπως ἂν εἰδῇ.. φράσω A.Pr. 824

    ;

    ὅπως ἂν φαίνηται κάλλιστος Pl.Smp. 198e

    ;

    μηχανητέον ὅπως ἂν διαφύγῃ Grg. 481a

     (where ὅπως with [tense] fut. ind. is the regular constr.); also after ὡς in Hdt., Trag., X.An.2.5.16, al., once in Th.6.91 (but [tense] fut. ind. is regular in [dialect] Att.); ἵνα final does not take ἄν or κε exc.

    ἵνα εἰδότες ἤ κε θάνωμεν ἤ κεν.. φύγοιμεν Od.12.156

     ( ἵνα = where in S.OC 405). μή, = lest, takes ἄν only with opt. in apodosis, as S.Tr. 631, Th.2.93.
    II in [dialect] Ep. sts. with OPTATIVE as with subj. (always κε ([etym.] ν), exc.

    εἴ περ ἂν αὐταὶ Μοῦσαι ἀείδοιεν Il.2.597

    ),

    εἴ κεν Ἄρης οἴχοιτο Od.8.353

    ; ὥς κε.. δοίη ᾧ κ' ἐθέλοι that he might give her to whomsoever he might please, ib.2.54: so in Hdt. in final clauses, 1.75,99:—in Od.23.135 ὥς κέν τις φαίη, κέν belongs to Verb in apod., as in

    ὡς δ' ἂν ἥδιστα ταῦτα φαίνοιτο X.Cyr.7.5.81

    .
    2 rarely in oratio obliqua, where a relat. or temp. word retains an ἄν which it would have with subj. in direct form, S.Tr. 687, X.Mem.1.2.6, Isoc.17.15;

    ἐπειδὰν δοκιμασθείην D.30.6

    :—similarly after a preceding opt.,

    οὐκ ἀποκρίναιο ἕως ἂν.. σκέψαιο Pl.Phd. 101d

    .
    III rarely with εἰ and INDICATIVE in protasis, only in [dialect] Ep.:
    1 with [tense] fut. ind. as with subj.:

    αἴ κεν Ἰλίου πεφιδήσεται Il.15.213

    :—so with relat.,

    οἵ κέ με τιμήσουσι 1.175

    .
    2 with εἰ and a past tense of ind., once in Hom.,

    εἰ δέ κ' ἔτι προτέρω γένετο δρόμος Il.23.526

    ; so Ζεὺς γάρ κ' ἔθηκε νῆσον εἴ κ' ἐβούλετο Orac. ap. Hdt.1.174, cf. Ar.Lys. 1099 (cod. R), A.R.1.197.
    IV in later Greek, ἄν with relative words is used with INDICATIVE in all tenses, as

    ὅπου ἂν εἰσεπορεύετο Ev.Marc.6.56

    ;

    ὅσ' ἂν πάσχετε PFay. 136

     (iv A. D.);

    ἔνθ' ἂν πέφυκεν ἡ ὁλότης εἶναι Phlp. in Ph.436.19

    ; cf. ἐάν, ὅταν.
    C with [tense] impf. and more rarely [tense] aor. ind. in ITERATIVE construction, to express elliptically a condilion fulfilled whenever an opportumty offered; freq. in Hdt. (not in Pi. or A.), κλαίεσκε ἂν καὶ ὀδυρέσκετο she would (i. e. used to) weep and lament, 3.119;

    εἶτα πῦρ ἂν οὐ παρῆν S.Ph. 295

    ; εἴ τινες ἴδοιεν.., ἀνεθάρσησαν ἄν whenever they saw it, on each occasion, Th.7.71;

    διηρώτων ἂν αὐτοὺς τί λέγοιεν Pl.Ap. 22b

    : inf. representing [tense] impf. of this constr., ἀκούω Λακεδαιμονίους τότε ἐμβαλόντας ἂν.. ἀναχωρεῖν, i. e. I hear they used to retire ([etym.] ἀνεχώρουν ἄν), D.9.48.
    D GENERAL REMARKS:
    I POSITION OF ἄν.
    1 in A, when ἄν does not coalesce with the relat. word (as in ἐάν, ὅταν), it follows directly or is separated only by other particles, as μέν, δέ, τε, ga/r, kai/, νυ, περ, etc.; as

    εἰ μέν κεν.. εἰ δέ κε Il.3.281

    -4; rarely by τις, as

    ὅποι τις ἄν, οἶμαι, προσθῇ D.2.14

    :—in Hom. and Hes. two such Particles may precede κε, as

    εἴ περ γάρ κεν Od.8.355

    , cf. Il.2.123; εἰ γάρ τίς κε, ὃς μὲν γάρ κε, Hes.Op. 280, 357; rarely in Prose,

    ὅποι μὲν γὰρ ἄν D.4.45

    ;

    ὁπότερος οὖν ἄν Ar.Ra. 1420

    : also

    ὁπόσῳ πλέον ἄν Pl.Lg. 647e

    , cf. 850a;

    ὅπου τὸ πάλαι λεγόμενον ἂν γίγνηται 739c

    .
    2 in apodosis, ἄν may stand either next to its Verb (before or after it), or after some other emphatic word, esp. an interrog., a negative (e. g. οὐδ' ἂν εἷς, οὐκ ἂν ἔτι, etc.), or an important Adjective or Adverb; also after a participle which represents the protasis, λέγοντος ἄν τινος πιστεῦσαι οἴεσθε; do you think they would have believed it if any one had told them? ([etym.] εἴ τις ἔλεγεν, ἐπίστευσαν ἄν), D.6.20.
    3 ἄν is freq. separated from its inf. by such Verbs as οἴομαι, δοκέω, φημί, οἶδα, etc., οὐκ ἂν οἴει .. ; freq. in Pl., Grg. 486d, al.; καὶ νῦν ἡδέως ἄν μοι δοκῶ κοινωνῆσαι I think that I should, X.Cyr.8.7.25;

    οὕτω γὰρ ἄν μοι δοκεῖ ἥ τε πόλις ἄριστα διοικεῖσθαι Aeschin.3.2

    ; ἃ μήτε προῄδει μηδεὶς μήτ' ἂν ᾠήθη τήμερον ῥηθῆναι (where ἄν belongs to ῥηθῆναι) D. 18.225:—in the phrase οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ, or οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ, ἄν belongs not to οἶδα, but to the Verb which follows, οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ πείσαιμι, for οὐκ οἶδα εἰ πείσαιμι ἄν, E.Med. 941, cf. Alc.48;

    οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ δυναίμην Pl. Ti. 26b

    ;

    οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ ἐκτησάμην X.Cyr.5.4.12

    .
    4 ἄν never begins a sentence, or even a clause after a comma, but may stand first after a parenthetic clause,

    ἀλλ', ὦ μέλ', ἄν μοι σιτίων διπλῶν ἔδει Ar. Pax

     <*>37.
    II REPETITION OF ἄν:—in apodosis ἄν may be used twice or even three times with the same Verb, either to make the condition felt throughout a long sentence, or to emphasize certain words,

    ὥστ' ἄν, εἰ σθένος λάβοιμι, δηλώσαιμ' ἄν S.El. 333

    , cf. Ant.69, A.Ag. 340, Th.1.76 (fin.), 2.41, Pl.Ap. 31a, Lys.20.15;

    ἀφανεῖς ἂν ὄντες οὐκ ἂν ὑμνήθημεν ἄν E.Tr. 1244

    , cf. S.Fr. 739; attached to a parenthetical phrase, ἔδρασ' ἄν, εὖ τοῦτ' ἴσθ' ἄν, εἰ .. Id.OT 1438.
    2 ἄν is coupled with κε ([etym.] ν ) a few times in Hom., as Il.11.187, 202, Od.5.361, al.; cf. ἤν περ γάρ κ' ἐθέλωσιν v.l. ib.18.318.
    III ELLIPSIS OF VERB:—sts. the Verb to which ἄν belongs must be supplied, in Hom. only εἰμί, as τάτ' ἔλδεται ὅς κ' ἐπιδευής (sc. ᾖ) Il.5.481; ἀλλ' οὐκ ἂν πρὸ τοῦ (sc. ἔρρεγκον) Ar.Nu.5; τί δ' ἂν δοκεῖ σοι Πρίαμος (sc. πρᾶξαι)

    , εἰ τάδ' ἤνυσεν; A.Ag. 935

    :—so in phrases like πῶς γὰρ ἄν; and πῶς οὐκ ἄν (sc. εἴη); also in ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ (or ὡσπερανεί), as φοβούμενος ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ παῖς (i. e. ὥσπερ ἂν ἐφοβήθη εἰ παῖς ἦν) Pl.Grg. 479a; so τοσοῦτον ἐφρόνησαν, ὅσον περ ἂν (sc. ἐφρόνησαν)

    εἰ.. Isoc.10.48

    :—so also when κἂν εἰ ( = καὶ ἂν εἰ) has either no Verb in the apod. or one to which ἄν cannot belong, Pl.R. 477a, Men. 72c; cf. κἄν:—so the Verb of a protasis containing ἄν may be understood, ὅποι τις ἂν προσθῇ, κἂν μικρὰν δύναμιν (i. e. καὶ ἐὰν προσθῇ) D.2.14; ὡς ἐμοῦ οὖν ἰόντος ὅπῃ ἂν καὶ ὑμεῖς (sc. ἴητε) X.An.1.3.6.
    IV ELLIPSIS OF ἄν:—when an apodosis consists of several co-ordinate clauses, ἄν is generally used only in the first and understood in the others:

    πείθοι' ἂν εἰ πείθοι'· ἀπειθοίης δ' ἴσως A.Ag. 1049

    : even when the construction is continued in a new sentence, Pl.R. 352e, cf. 439b codd.: but ἄν is repeated for the sake of clearness or emphasis, ib. 398a, cf. D.19.156 (where an opt. is implied with the third ὡς): rarely expressed with the second of two co-ordinate Verbs and understood with the first, τοῦτον ἂν.. θαρσοίην ἐγὼ καλῶς μὲν ἄρχειν, εὖ δ' ἂν ἄρχεσθαι θέλειν (i. e. καλῶς μὲν ἂν ἄρχοι, εὖ δ' ἂν θέλοι ἄρχεσθαι) S.Ant. 669.
    ------------------------------------
    ἄν (B), [pron. full] [ᾱ], [dialect] Att.,
    A = ἐάν, ἤν, Th.4.46 codd., al.; freq. in Pl.,

    ἂν σωφρονῇ Phd. 61b

    ; ἂν θεὸς θέλῃ ib. 80d, cf. D.4.50;

    ἄν τ'.. ἄν τε Arist. Ath.48.4

    : not common in earlier [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG1.2a5, 2.179b49, al.: but freq. later, SIG1044.27 (iv/iii B. C.), PPetr.2p.47 (iii B. C.), PPar.32.19 (ii B. C.), PTeb.110.8 (i B. C.), Ev.Jo.20.23, etc.
    ------------------------------------
    ἄν (C) or [full] ἀν, Epic form of ἀνά, q. v.
    ------------------------------------
    ἄν (D), shortened from ἄνα, v. sub ἀνά G.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἄν

  • 48 disgusto

    m.
    1 annoyance, disappointment, dissatisfaction, displeasure.
    2 argument, dispute, quarrel, quarreling.
    3 chagrin.
    pres.indicat.
    1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: disgustar.
    * * *
    1 (enfado) displeasure, annoyance, anger
    2 (desgracia) misfortune, problem
    3 figurado (pesadumbre) sorrow, grief, pain
    4 figurado (pelea) argument, quarrel
    \
    a disgusto against one's will, reluctantly, unwillingly
    dar un disgusto to upset
    llevarse un disgusto to get upset
    sentirse/estar/hallarse a disgusto to feel ill at ease
    * * *
    SM
    1) (=pena)

    vas a matar a tu madre a disgustos * — you'll be the death of your mother *, you'll send your mother to an early grave *

    -la han despedido -¡qué disgusto! — "they've fired her" - "that's terrible o awful!"

    2) (=riña) quarrel, row

    como sigas así, tú y yo tendremos un disgusto — if you carry on like that, we're going to fall out

    3)

    a disgusto: hacer algo a disgusto — to do sth unwillingly

    estar o sentirse a disgusto — to be o feel ill at ease

    * * *
    1) (sufrimiento, pesar)

    si te vas a quedar a disgusto es mejor que te vayas — if you really don't want to be here, you might as well go

    2)
    a) ( discusión) argument, quarrel
    * * *
    = annoyance, dissatisfaction, chagrin, displeasure.
    Ex. False drops are perhaps less of an annoyance in a computer-based system when brief records can be quickly scanned and rejected as necessary.
    Ex. During her tenure as head of the EPA library, she dealt with the dissatisfaction with the national treatment of U.S. documents in a most constructive manner, by establishing the Government Documents Round Table (GODORT).
    Ex. Much to her nanny's surprise and chagrin, she was fully potty-trained by her first birthday.
    Ex. They were printed in France, but their printers and publishers used this doubtless transparent device to evade the displeasure of the authorities.
    ----
    * a disgusto = unwillingly, reluctantly.
    * gesto de disgusto = glower.
    * mirada de disgusto = scowl.
    * para disgusto de = to the disgust of.
    * para + Posesivo + disgusto = to + Posesivo + chagrin.
    * * *
    1) (sufrimiento, pesar)

    si te vas a quedar a disgusto es mejor que te vayas — if you really don't want to be here, you might as well go

    2)
    a) ( discusión) argument, quarrel
    * * *
    = annoyance, dissatisfaction, chagrin, displeasure.

    Ex: False drops are perhaps less of an annoyance in a computer-based system when brief records can be quickly scanned and rejected as necessary.

    Ex: During her tenure as head of the EPA library, she dealt with the dissatisfaction with the national treatment of U.S. documents in a most constructive manner, by establishing the Government Documents Round Table (GODORT).
    Ex: Much to her nanny's surprise and chagrin, she was fully potty-trained by her first birthday.
    Ex: They were printed in France, but their printers and publishers used this doubtless transparent device to evade the displeasure of the authorities.
    * a disgusto = unwillingly, reluctantly.
    * gesto de disgusto = glower.
    * mirada de disgusto = scowl.
    * para disgusto de = to the disgust of.
    * para + Posesivo + disgusto = to + Posesivo + chagrin.

    * * *
    A
    (sufrimiento, pesar): le causó un gran disgusto she was very upset, it upset her terribly
    estos hijos me van a matar a disgustos these children will be the death of me
    expresó su disgusto y preocupación por lo sucedido she expressed her sadness o sorrow and concern at what had happened
    con tantos disgustos se va a enfermar de los nervios she's going to end up a nervous wreck with all these things that have happened to her ( colloq)
    para mi disgusto much to my displeasure
    lo hizo a disgusto she did it reluctantly o unwillingly
    si te vas a quedar a disgusto es mejor que te vayas if you really don't want to be here o if you're staying against your will, you might as well go
    B
    1 (discusión) argument, quarrel
    2
    (incidente desagradable): si sigues conduciendo así vas a tener un disgusto if you keep on driving like that you're going to have an accident
    * * *

    Del verbo disgustar: ( conjugate disgustar)

    disgusto es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

    disgustó es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

    Multiple Entries:
    disgustar    
    disgusto
    disgustar ( conjugate disgustar) verbo transitivo:

    me disgusta tener que decírselo I don't like having to tell her
    disgustarse verbo pronominal
    to get upset
    disgusto sustantivo masculino
    1 (sufrimiento, pesar):

    me ha dado muchos disgustos he's given me lots of upset o heartache;
    lo hizo a disgusto she did it reluctantly
    2 ( discusión) argument, quarrel
    disgustar verbo transitivo
    1 (enfadar, entristecer) to upset: disgustó a su madre, he upset his mother
    2 (desagradar) to displease: es un sabor raro, pero no me disgusta, it's an odd taste, but I don't dislike it
    disgusto sustantivo masculino
    1 (preocupación, pesar) upset: tiene un disgusto terrible, she is really upset
    2 (desgracia) trouble: un día de estos vas a tener un disgusto, one day you are going to have trouble
    3 (enfado, disputa) quarrel, row: tendrá un disgusto con los vecinos por el ruido, he'll have a row with his neighbours over the noise
    ♦ Locuciones: a disgusto, unwillingly
    encontrarse a disgusto, to feel ill at ease
    ' disgusto' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    con
    - consiguiente
    - disgustar
    - enferma
    - enfermo
    - gesto
    - golpe
    - lamentable
    - mitigar
    - palo
    - perra
    - rabiar
    - resoplar
    - sinsabor
    - sofoco
    - vaya
    - agarrar
    - caramba
    - contrariedad
    - ir
    - jo
    - porra
    - tal
    - uy
    English:
    annoyance
    - chagrin
    - dismay
    - displeasure
    - really
    - unpleasantness
    - any
    - upset
    * * *
    ♦ nm
    1. [pena]
    fue un gran disgusto para ella no aprobar el examen it was a great disappointment for her not to pass the exam;
    para disgusto de todos, el concierto se suspendió to everyone's disappointment the concert was cancelled;
    ¡menudo disgusto nos dio! you can imagine how upset we were!;
    ¡este niño no nos da más que disgustos! that child just gives us one headache after another!;
    llevarse un disgusto to be upset;
    ¡qué disgusto me llevé cuando lo supe! I was so upset when I found out!;
    tiene un disgusto enorme she's terribly upset;
    matar a alguien a disgustos to worry sb to death;
    ¡me vas a matar a disgustos! you'll be the death of me yet!;
    no ganar para disgustos con alguien: con este niño no ganamos para disgustos that child gives us nothing but trouble
    2. [desgracia]
    desde que llegué aquí voy de disgusto en disgusto it's been one disaster after another ever since I arrived;
    tener un disgusto: si sigues trabajando sin casco vas a tener un disgusto if you go on working without a helmet you'll live to regret it;
    o dejas de fumar, o tendrás un disgusto quit smoking now, or you'll live to regret it;
    casi nos da un disgusto we almost had a tragedy on our hands
    3. [pelea]
    tener un disgusto con alguien to have a quarrel with sb;
    como sigas así, tú y yo vamos a tener un disgusto if you carry on like this, you and I are going to fall out
    ♦ a disgusto loc adv
    [sin ganas] unwillingly;
    hacer algo a disgusto to do sth unwillingly o reluctantly;
    para venir a disgusto, es mejor que no vengas if you really don't want to come, it'd be better if you didn't
    ♦ a disgusto loc adj
    [incómodo] [físicamente] uncomfortable; [psicológicamente] uncomfortable, ill at ease;
    estar a disgusto to feel uncomfortable o uneasy;
    en esta silla vas a estar a disgusto you'll be uncomfortable in that chair;
    se sentía muy a disgusto con sus compañeros de clase he felt very uncomfortable with his classmates
    * * *
    m
    1 ( pesar)
    :
    me causó un gran disgusto I was very upset;
    2 ( enfado)
    :
    tener un disgusto have an argument;
    tener un disgusto con alguien have an argument with s.o., fall out with s.o
    :
    tener un disgusto have an accident
    4
    :
    a disgusto unwillingly;
    sentirse a disgusto feel uncomfortable, feel ill at ease
    * * *
    1) : annoyance, displeasure
    2) : argument, quarrel
    3) : trouble, misfortune
    * * *
    disgusto n (enfado) quarrel

    Spanish-English dictionary > disgusto

  • 49 dies

    dĭes (dīes, Liv. Andron. Fragm. Odys. 7), ēi ([etilde]ī, Verg. A. 4, 156; Hor. S. 1, 8, 35 et saep.;

    dissyl.: di-ei,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 31; also gen. dies, die, and dii—dies, as in acies, facies, pernicies, etc., Enn. ap. Gell. 9, 14; Ann. v. 401 Vahl.; Cic. Sest. 12, 28 ap. Gell. l. l.:

    die,

    Prisc. p. 780 P.; even in Verg. G. 1, 208, where Gellius reads dies, v. Wagner ad loc., nearly all MSS. have die; cf. Rib. and Forbig. ad loc.; so,

    die,

    Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 59; id. Capt. 4, 2, 20; Caes. B. G. 7, 11, 5; id. B. C. 1, 14, 3; 3, 76, 2; Just. 2, 11, 17; cf. Oud. ad B. G. 2, 23, 1. Die appears to be certain in Sall. J. 52, 3; 97, 3. Also in Cic. Sest. 12, 28, Gellius reads dies, where our MSS., except the Cod. Lamb., have diei;

    perh. those words do not belong to Cicero himself. Form dii,

    Verg. A. 1, 636, Rib. and Forbig. after Serv. and Gell. l. l.— Dat., diēī, saep. die, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 120, acc. to Serv. Verg. G. 1, 208; Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 48; id. Capt. 3, 1, 4; id. Trin. 4, 2, 1;

    once dii,

    id. Merc. 1, Prol. 13; cf. Roby, Gram. 1, 121 sq.); m. (in sing. sometimes f., esp. in the signif. no. I. B. 1.) [root Sanscr. dī, gleam: dinas, day; Gr. dios, heavenly; cf. Lat. Jovis (Diovis), Diana, deus, dīvus, etc. Old form, dius (for divus); cf.: nudius, diu, etc. The word also appears in composition in many particles, as pridem, hodie, diu, etc., v. Corss. Auspr. 2, 855 sq.], a day (cf.: tempus, tempestas, aetas, aevum, spatium, intervallum).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen., the civil day of twenty-four hours.
    (α).
    Masc.:

    dies primus est veris in Aquario... dies tertius... dies civiles nostros, etc.,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 28, 1; cf. Plin. 2, 77, 79, § 188; Macr. S. 1, 3; Gell. 3, 2: REBVS IVRE IVDICATIS TRIGINTA DIES IVSTI SVNTO, XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 20, 1, 45; and 15, 13 fin.; for which;

    per dies continuos XXX., etc.,

    Gai. Inst. 3, 78: multa dies in bello conficit unus, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 297 ed. Vahl.); cf.:

    non uno absolvam die,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 73:

    hic dies,

    id. Aul. 4, 9, 11:

    hic ille est dies,

    id. Capt. 3, 3, 3:

    ante hunc diem,

    id. ib. 3, 4, 101:

    illo die impransus fui,

    id. Am. 1, 1, 98; cf.:

    eo die,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 22 fin.; 2, 6; 2, 32 fin.; 4, 11, 4; 5, 15 fin. et saep.:

    postero die,

    id. ib. 1, 15, 1; 3, 6, 3 et saep.; Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 17; Sall. J. 29, 5; 38, 9 et saep.:

    in posterum diem,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 41 fin.; id. B. C. 1, 65 fin. et saep.:

    diem scito esse nullum, quo die non dicam pro reo,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 3:

    domi sedet totos dies,

    Plaut. Aul. 1, 1, 34:

    paucos dies ibi morati,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 5, 4:

    dies continuos XXX. sub bruma esse noctem,

    id. ib. 5, 13, 3:

    hosce aliquot dies,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 5, 4; cf. id. Eun. 1, 2, 71 et saep.:

    festo die si quid prodegeris,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 8, 10; so,

    festus,

    id. Cas. 1, 49; id. Poen. 3, 5, 13; 4, 2, 26 et saep.—
    (β).
    Fem. (freq. in poetry metri gratiā; rare in prose), postrema, Enn. ap. Gell. 9, 14:

    omnia ademit Una dies,

    Lucr. 3, 912; cf. id. 3, 921; 5, 96 and 998: homines, qui ex media nocte ad proximam mediam noctem in his horis XXIV. nati sunt, una die nati dicuntur, Varr. ap. Gell. 3, 2, 2 (uno die, Macr. S. 1, 3):

    quibus effectis armatisque diebus XXX., a qua die materia caesa est,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 36 fin.:

    Varronem profiteri, se altera die ad colloquium venturum,

    id. ib. 3, 19, 4 (for which, shortly before: quo cum esset postero die ventum); cf.:

    postera die,

    Sall. J. 68, 2 (for which, in the same author, more freq.:

    postero die): pulchra,

    Hor. Od. 1, 36, 10:

    suprema,

    id. ib. 1, 13, 20:

    atra,

    Verg. A. 6, 429:

    tarda,

    Ov. M. 15, 868 et saep.—(But Caes. B. C. 3, 26, 1; 3, 37, 1, read altero, tertio.)—
    b.
    Connections:

    postridie ejus diei, a favorite expression of Caesar,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 23, 1: 1, 47, 2; 1, 48, 2 et saep., v. postridie;

    and cf.: post diem tertium ejus diei,

    Cic. Att. 3, 7; Sulpic. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 12, 2; Liv. 27, 35:

    diem ex die exspectabam,

    from day to day, id. ib. 7, 26 fin.; cf.:

    diem ex die ducere,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 16, 5; for which also: diem de die prospectans, Liv. 5, 48; and: diem de die differre, id. 25, 25: LIBRAS FARRIS ENDO DIES DATO, for every day, day by day, daily, XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 20, 1, 45; cf.:

    affatim est hominum, in dies qui singulas escas edunt,

    Plaut. Men. 3, 1, 10; so,

    in dies,

    every day, Cic. Top. 16, 62; Caes. B. G. 3, 23, 7; 5, 58, 1; 7, 30, 4; Vell. 2, 52, 2; Liv. 21, 11 Drak.; 34, 11 al.; less freq. in sing.:

    nihil usquam sui videt: in diem rapto vivit,

    Liv. 22, 39; cf.:

    mutabilibus in diem causis (opp. natura perpetua),

    id. 31, 29 (in another signif. v. the foll., no. II. A. 3); and: cui licet in diem ( = singulis diebus, daily) dixisse Vixi, etc., Hor. Od. 3, 29, 42. And still more rarely: ad diem, Treb. Gallien. 17; Vop. Firm. 4:

    ante diem, v. ante.—Die = quotidie or in diem,

    daily, Verg. E. 2, 42; 3, 34:

    quos mille die victor sub Tartara misi,

    id. A. 11, 397:

    paucissimos die composuisse versus,

    Quint. 10, 3, 8:

    saepius die,

    Plin. 15, 6, 6, § 22: die crastini, noni, pristini, quinti, for die crastino, nono, etc., v. h. vv. crastinus, nonus, etc.; and cf. Gell. 10, 24; Macr. S. 1, 4.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    A set day, appointed time, term in the widest sense of the word (for appearing before court, in the army, making a payment, etc.).
    (α).
    Masc.: MORBVS SONTICVS... STATVS DIES CVM HOSTE... QVID HORVM FVIT VNVM IVDICI ARBITROVE REOVE DIES DIFFISVS ESTO, XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12; Fest. p. 273, 26 Müll.; for which: STATVS CONDICTVSVE DIES CVM HOSTE, acc. to Cincius ap. Gell. 16, 4, 4;

    and with comic reference to the words of this law,

    Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 5 (found also in Macr. S. 1, 16);

    and freq.: status dies,

    Plin. Ep. 9, 39, 1; Suet. Claud. 1; Flor. 1, 13, 16 et saep.:

    hic nuptiis dictus est dies,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 75; cf.:

    dies colloquio dictus est ex eo die quintus,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 42, 4; so,

    dictus,

    id. ib. 5, 27, 5:

    iis certum diem conveniendi dicit,

    id. ib. 5, 57, 2:

    die certo,

    Sall. J. 79, 4; cf.

    constituto,

    id. ib. 13 fin.:

    decretus colloquio,

    id. ib. 113, 3:

    praestitutus,

    Liv. 3, 22:

    praefinitus,

    Plin. 35, 10, 36, § 109; Gell. 16, 4, 3:

    ascriptus,

    Phaedr. 4, 11, 8 et saep.:

    quoniam advesperascit, dabis diem nobis aliquem, ut contra ista dicamus,

    Cic. N. D. 3, 40; Caes. B. G. 1, 16, 5; id. B. C. 1, 11, 2; Sall. J. 109, 3; Liv. 35, 35 et saep.:

    dies ater,

    an unlucky day, Sen. Vit. Beat. 25.—
    (β).
    Fem. (so commonly in this sense in class. prose, but only in sing., v. Mützell ad Curt. 3, 1, 8):

    ut quasi dies si dicta sit,

    Plaut. As. 5, 1, 11; so,

    dicta,

    Cic. Fam. 16, 10 fin.; cf.:

    edicta ad conveniendum,

    Liv. 41, 10 fin.:

    praestituta,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 140; 2, 2, 28; Ter. Ph. 3, 2, 38; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 14 fin.; id. Vatin. 15, 37; id. Tusc. 1, 39; Liv. 45, 11 et saep.; cf.

    constituta,

    Cic. Caecin. 11, 32; Caes. B. G. 1, 4, 2; 1, 8, 3: certa eius rei constituta, id. B. C. 3, 33, 1:

    pacta et constituta,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 9, 24:

    statuta,

    Liv. 31, 29:

    stata,

    id. 27, 23 fin.:

    certa,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 30, 4, 5, 1, 8; id. B. C. 1, 2, 6; Nep. Chabr. 3 et saep.:

    annua,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 23; id. Att. 12, 3 fin.; cf.

    longa,

    Plaut. Ep. 4, 1, 18:

    die caecā emere, oculatā vendere,

    i. e. to buy on credit and sell for cash, id. Ps. 1, 3, 67, v. caecus, no. II. B.:

    haec dies summa hodie est, mea amica sitne libera, an, etc.,

    id. Pers. 1, 1, 34:

    puto fore istam etiam a praecone diem,

    Cic. Att. 13, 3:

    ubi ea dies venit (preceded by tempore ejus rei constituto),

    Caes. B. G. 7, 3:

    praeterita die, qua suorum auxilia exspectaverant,

    id. ib. 7, 77, 1; cf. id. ib. 6, 33, 4:

    esse in lege, quam ad diem proscriptiones fiant,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 44, 128 et saep.—
    (γ).
    Both genders together:

    diem dicunt, qua die ad ripam Rhodani omnes conveniant: is dies erat a. d. V. Kal. Apr., etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 6 fin.; Cic. Att. 2, 11; id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 3; Liv. 34, 35 al.—
    b.
    Hence: dicere diem alicui, to impeach, lay an accusation against:

    diem mihi, credo, dixerat,

    Cic. Mil. 14, 36:

    Domitium Silano diem dixisse scimus,

    id. Div. in Caec. 20, 67.—
    2.
    A natural day, a day, as opp. to night: ut vel, quia est aliquid, aliud non sit, ut Dies est, nox non est; vel, quia est aliquid, et aliud sit: Sol est super terram, dies est, Quint. 5, 8, 7: pro di immortales, quis hic illuxit dies, Cic. Fragm. ap. Quint. 9, 4, 76:

    credibile non est, quantum scribam die, quin etiam noctibus,

    in the daytime, id. Att. 13, 26:

    negat ullum esse cibum tam gravem, quin is die et nocte concoquatur,

    in a single day and night, id. N. D. 2, 9, 24; cf.

    in this signif.: die ac nocte,

    Plin. 29, 6, 36, § 113:

    nocte et die,

    Liv. 25, 39;

    and simply die,

    Hor. S. 2, 1, 4; Quint. 10, 3, 8; cf.

    also: currus rogat ille paternos, Inque diem alipedum jus et moderamen equorum,

    Ov. M. 2, 48; and, connected with nox:

    (Themistocles) diem noctemque procul ab insula in salo navem tenuit in ancoris,

    Nep. Them. 8 fin.; cf. Cic. Div. 2, 27, 59; Liv. 22, 1 fin. —But more freq.: diem noctemque, like our day and night, i. q. without ceasing, uninterruptedly; Caes. B. G. 7, 77, 11; 7, 42 fin.; id. B. C. 1, 62;

    for which less freq.: diem et noctem,

    Hirt. B. Hisp. 38, 1;

    diem ac noctem,

    Liv. 27, 4 and 45:

    noctemque diemque,

    Verg. A. 8, 94; cf. Quint. 9, 4, 23:

    continuate nocte ac die itinere,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 11, 1; 3, 36, 8; and in plur.:

    dies noctesque,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 49; Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 113; Cic. Att. 7, 9 fin.; Nep. Dat. 4, 4 et saep.; also, reversing the order: noctesque diesque, Enn. ap. Cic. de Sen. 1, 1 (Ann. v. 338 ed. Vahl.); Hor. S. 1, 1, 76:

    noctesque et dies,

    Ter. And. 4, 1, 52; id. Eun. 5, 8, 49:

    noctes atque dies,

    Lucr. 2, 12; 3, 62; Cic. Fin. 1, 16, 51; Verg. A. 6, 127 al.:

    noctes diesque,

    id. ib. 9, 488:

    noctes ac dies,

    Cic. Arch. 11, 29:

    noctes et dies,

    id. Brut. 90, 308; id. de Or. 1, 61, 260; id. Tusc. 5, 25 and 39; Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 49; cf.

    also: neque noctem neque diem intermittit,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 38:

    Galli dies... sic observant, ut noctem dies subsequatur,

    id. ib. 6, 18, 2 Herz ad loc. So, too, in gen.:

    qui nocte dieque frequentat Limina,

    Mart. 10, 58, 11:

    cum die,

    at break of day, Ov. M. 13, 677:

    orto die ( = orta luce),

    Tac. A. 1, 20; 1, 68; id. H. 2, 21:

    ante diem ( = ante lucem),

    Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 35:

    dies fit, late Lat. for lucescit,

    Vulg. Luc. 22, 66: de die, in open day, broad day; v. de.—
    3.
    Dies alicujus (like the Heb. ; v. Gesen. Lex. s. h. v.).
    a.
    I. q. dies natalis, a birthday:

    diem meum scis esse III. Non. Jan. Aderis igitur,

    Cic. Att. 13, 42, 2; cf.

    in full: natali die tuo,

    id. ib. 9, 5 al. So the anniversary day of the foundation of a city is, dies natalis urbis, Cic. Div. 2, 47, 98.—
    b.
    I. q. dies mortis, dying-day:

    quandocumque fatalis et meus dies veniet statuarque tumulo,

    Tac. Or. 13 fin. Called, also: supremus dies. Suet. Aug. 99; id. Tib. 67; cf.:

    supremus vitae dies,

    Cic. de Sen. 21, 78; Suet. Aug. 61. Hence:

    diem suum obire,

    to die, Sulp. in Cic. Fam. 4, 12, 2;

    and in the same sense: obire diem supremum,

    Nep. Milt. 7 fin.; id. Dion. 2 fin.; Suet. Claud. 1:

    exigere diem supremum,

    Tac. A. 3, 16:

    explere supremum diem,

    id. ib. 1, 6; 3, 76;

    and simply: obire diem,

    Plin. 2, 109, 112, § 248; Suet. Tib. 4; id. Vesp. 1; id. Gr. 3; cf.

    also: fungi diem,

    Just. 19, 1, 1.—
    c.
    I. q. dies febris, fever-day: etsi Non. Mart., [p. 574] die tuo, ut opinor, exspectabam epistolam a te longiorem, Cic. Att. 9, 2 init.; 7, 8, 2 al.
    II.
    Transf.
    A.
    In gen. (from no. I. A.).
    1.
    A day, for that which is done in it (cf. the Hebr., the Gr. eleutheron êmar, etc.):

    is dies honestissimus nobis fuerat in senatu,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 2, 3:

    non tam dirus ille dies Sullanus C. Mario,

    id. Att. 10, 8, 7:

    equites Romanos daturos illius diei poenas,

    id. Sest. 12, 28:

    hic dies et Romanis refecit animos et Persea perculit,

    Liv. 42, 67 Drak.; cf. id. 9, 39 fin.; Vell. 2, 35 Ruhnk.; 2, 86; Just. 9, 3 fin.; Flor. 2, 6, 58 Duker.:

    imponite quinquaginta annis magnum diem,

    Tac. Agr. 34:

    quid pulchrius hac consuetudine excutiendi totum diem?... totum diem mecum scrutor, facta ac dicta mea remetior, etc., Sen. de Ira, 3, 36: dies Alliensis, i. q. pugna Alliensis,

    Liv. 6, 1; Suet. Vit. 11:

    Cannensis,

    Flor. 4, 12, 35 al. And so even of one's state of mind on any particular day:

    qualem diem Tiberius induisset,

    what humor, temper, Tac. A. 6, 20. —
    2.
    A day's journey:

    hanc regionem, dierum plus triginta in longitudinem, decem inter duo maria in latitudinem patentem,

    Liv. 38, 59; Just. 36, 2, 14 al.—
    3.
    In gen. (like, hêmera, and our day, for) time, space of time, period:

    diem tempusque forsitan ipsum leniturum iras,

    Liv. 2, 45;

    so with tempus,

    id. 22, 39; 42, 50: amorem intercapedine ipse lenivit dies, Turp. ap. Non. 522, 7;

    so in the masc. gender: longus,

    Stat. Th. 1, 638; Luc. 3, 139;

    but also longa,

    Plaut. Epid. 4, 1, 18; Plin. Ep. 8, 5 fin.; cf.

    perexigua,

    a brief respite, Cic. Verr. 1, 2 fin.:

    nulla,

    Ov. M. 4, 372 al.:

    ex ea die ad hanc diem quae fecisti, in judicium voco,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 12 fin.:

    ut infringatur hominum improbitas ipsa die, quae debilitat cogitationes, etc.,

    id. Fam. 1, 6; cf. id. ib. 7, 28 fin.; id. Tusc. 3, 22, 53 al.: indutiae inde, non pax facta;

    quarum et dies exierat, et ante diem rebellaverant,

    i. e. the term of the truce, Liv. 4, 30 fin.; 30, 24; 42, 47 fin. (for which: quia tempus indutiarum cum Veienti populo exierat, id. 4, 58).—Prov.:

    dies adimit aegritudinem,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 13: dies festus, festival-time, festival:—diem festum Dianae per triduum agi, Liv. 25, 23 et saep.:

    die lanam et agnos vendat,

    at the right time, Cato R. R. 150, 2:

    praesens quod fuerat malum, in diem abiit,

    to a future time, Ter. Ph. 5, 2, 16; so in diem, opp. statim, Q. Cic. Pet. cons. 12, 48;

    and simply in diem,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 2, 48; Ter. Eun. 5, 7, 19; Cic. Cael. 24.—Esp. freq. in diem vivere, to live on from day to day, regardless of the future, Cic. de Or. 2, 40, 169; id. Tusc. 5, 11, 33; Plin. Ep. 5, 5, 4 et saep; cf. the equivoque with de die, under de.—
    B.
    In partic. (acc. to no. I. B. 2— poet., and in postAug. prose).
    1.
    Light of day, daylight:

    contraque diem radiosque micantes Obliquantem oculos,

    Ov. M. 7, 411; 5, 444; 13, 602:

    multis mensibus non cernitur dies,

    Plin. 33, 4, 21, § 70; Plin. Ep. 6, 20, 6; 9, 36, 2 al.; also of the eyesight, Stat. Th. 1, 237;

    and trop. of the conscience: saeva dies animi scelerumque in pectore Dirae,

    id. ib. 1, 52.—
    2.
    For caelum, the sky, the heavens:

    sub quocumque die, quocumque est sidere mundi,

    Luc. 7, 189; 1, 153:

    incendere diem nubes oriente remotae,

    id. 4, 68; 8, 217; Stat. Th. 1, 201.—Hence, like caelum,
    b.
    The weather:

    totumque per annum Durat aprica dies,

    Val. Fl. 1, 845:

    tranquillus,

    Plin. 2, 45, 44, § 115:

    mitis,

    id. 11, 10, 10, § 20:

    pestilens,

    id. 22, 23, 49, § 104.—
    3.
    The air:

    nigrique volumina fumi Infecere diem,

    Ov. M. 13, 600:

    cupio flatu violare diem,

    Claud. in Ruf. 1, 63.
    III.
    Dies personified.
    A.
    I. q. Sol, opp. Luna, Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 21;

    coupled with Mensis and Annus,

    Ov. M. 2, 25.—
    B.
    As fem., the daughter of Chaos, and mother of Heaven and Earth, Hyg. Fab. praef.; of the first Venus, Cic. N. D. 3, 23, 59.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > dies

  • 50 weniger

    I Komp. wenig
    II Konj.: fünf weniger zwei ist drei etc. five minus ( oder take away) two is three, two from five is three
    * * *
    minus (Präp.); less (Adv.)
    * * *
    we|ni|ger ['veːnɪgɐ] comp von wenig
    1. adj indef pron
    less; (+pl) fewer

    wéniger werden — to get less and less

    mein Geld wird immer wéniger — my money is dwindling away

    er wird immer wéniger (inf) — he's getting thinner and thinner

    wéniger wäre mehr gewesen — it's quality not quantity that counts

    wéniger Geld — less money

    wéniger Unfälle — fewer accidents

    2. adv
    less

    ihr kommt es wéniger auf die Liebe als (vielmehr) auf das Geld an — she's less interested in love than in money

    die Vorlesung war wéniger lehrreich als belustigend — the lecture was not so much instructive as amusing

    das finde ich wéniger schön! — that's not so nice!

    ich kann seinen Brief kaum lesen, noch viel wéniger verstehen — I can hardly read his letter much less understand it or let alone understand it

    je mehr... desto or umso wéniger... — the more... the less...

    ich glaube ihm umso wéniger, weil... —

    ich möchte nichts wéniger, als ihn (zu) beleidigen — the last thing I'd want to do is insult him

    See:
    → mehr
    3. conj prep +acc or gen
    less

    sieben wéniger drei ist vier — seven less three is four

    * * *
    1) ((often with than) not as much (as): Think of a number less than forty; He drank his tea and wished he had put less sugar in it; The salary for that job will be not less than $30,000.) less
    2) (not as much or to a smaller extent: I like her less every time I see her; You should smoke less if you want to remain healthy.) less
    3) (a smaller part or amount: He has less than I have.) less
    4) (less: the lesser-known streets of London.) less
    * * *
    we·ni·ger
    [ˈve:nɪgɐ]
    I. pron indef comp von wenig (nicht so viel) less
    du solltest \weniger essen/rauchen/trinken you should eat/smoke/drink less
    II. adj comp von wenig less, fewer
    \weniger werden to be dwindling away
    ▶ \weniger ist mehr it's quality not quantity that counts
    ▪ \weniger... als... less... than
    ▶ je mehr... desto \weniger... the more... the less...
    IV. konj MATH minus, less
    * * *
    1.
    Komp. von wenig 1.
    1) Sing. less
    2) Plural fewer
    2.
    Komp. von wenig 2.: less

    das ist weniger angenehm — that is not very pleasant; s. auch mehr 1.

    3.

    fünf weniger drei — five, take away three

    * * *
    A. komp → wenig
    B. konj:
    fünf weniger zwei ist drei etc five minus ( oder take away) two is three, two from five is three
    * * *
    1.
    Komp. von wenig 1.
    1) Sing. less
    2) Plural fewer
    2.
    Komp. von wenig 2.: less

    das ist weniger angenehm — that is not very pleasant; s. auch mehr 1.

    3.

    fünf weniger drei — five, take away three

    * * *
    adj.
    less adj.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > weniger

  • 51 then

    1. n
    той час

    since then — з того часу, відтоді

    till then, up to then — до того часу

    2. adj
    тодішній; що існував у той час
    3. adv
    1) тоді, у той час
    2) потім, після

    have smth. and then go to bed — поїж чого-небудь, а потім іди спати

    3) далі, потім
    4) у такому разі; тоді; то

    if you are tired then you'd better stay at home — якщо ви стомилися, то краще залишайтеся вдома

    5) крім того, до того ж

    I like to walk, and then it's cheaper — я люблю ходити пішки, до того ж це дешевше

    6) вживається для посилення значення при висловленні згоди

    all right then, do as you like — ну гаразд, робіть, як знаєте

    now then — ану, ану лишень, нумо

    now then, a little less noise there! — ану, тихіше там!

    * * *
    [pen]
    adv
    1) тоді, у той час
    2) після, потім

    have smth and then go to bed — співали що-небудь, йди спати; далі, потім ( про порядок)

    on the left the church, then a few old houses — ліворуч ( стоїть) церква, а за нею - кілька старих будинків

    3) крім того; до того ж; a потім

    and then you should remember — крім того, вам належить пам'ятати

    4) у такому випадку; тоді

    but then — але тоді; але з іншої сторони

    what then — є ну е що тодіє, ну е / так/ що жє, ну е що з тогоє

    then why did you leave — є навіщо ж тоді ви пішлиє

    5) виходить, отже; у такий спосіб

    well /so/ then — отже

    the chief factors, then, are... — основні фактори, отже, такі...

    6) використ. для ппідсилення при вираженні згоди

    oh, all right then, do as you like — ну що ж, робіть як знаєте

    7) iм. той час, та пора

    till then, up to then — до тих пір, до того часу

    8) у гpaм.; знaч.; пpикм. тодішній, існуючий у той час

    the then president [secretary] — тодішній президент [секретар]

    now then — ану ж бо; ну-ну

    now then, a little less noise there! — ану ж бо, тихіше там!

    now then, what are you doing — є скажіть, нарешті, чим ви зайняті /що ви там робите/є

    now. then... — то... то..

    now she's sullen, then gay — вона то похмура, то весела

    now and then, every now and then — час від часу; іноді

    there and then, then and there — відразу, на місці

    and then some — aмep., ще багато чого іншого;, ще дещо

    English-Ukrainian dictionary > then

  • 52 ad

    ad, prep. with acc. (from the fourth century after Christ written also at; Etrusc. suf. -a; Osc. az; Umbr. and Old Lat. ar, as [p. 27] in Eug. Tab., in S. C. de Bacch., as arveho for adveho; arfuerunt, arfuisse, for adfuerunt, etc.; arbiter for adbiter; so, ar me advenias, Plant. Truc. 2, 2, 17; cf. Prisc. 559 P.; Vel. Long. 2232 P.; Fabretti, Glos. Ital. col. 5) [cf. Sanscr. adhi; Goth. and Eng. at; Celt. pref. ar, as armor, i.e. ad mare; Rom. a].
    I.
    As antith. to ab (as in to ex), in a progressive order of relation, ad denotes, first, the direction toward an object; then the reaching of or attaining to it; and finally, the being at or near it.
    A.
    In space.
    1.
    Direction toward, to, toward, and first,
    a.
    Horizontally:

    fugere ad puppim colles campique videntur,

    the hills and fields appear to fly toward the ship, Lucr. 4, 390: meridie umbrae cadunt ad septentrionem, ortu vero ad occasum, to or toward the north and west, Plin. 2, 13, and so often of the geog. position of a place in reference to the points of compass, with the verbs jacere, vergere, spectare, etc.:

    Asia jacet ad meridiem et austrum, Europa ad septentriones et aquiionem,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 31 Mull.;

    and in Plin. very freq.: Creta ad austrum... ad septentrionem versa, 4, 20: ad Atticam vergente, 4, 21 al.—Also trop.: animus alius ad alia vitia propensior,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 37, 81.—
    b.
    In a direction upwards (esp. in the poets, very freq.): manusque sursum ad caelum sustulit, Naev. ap. Non. 116, 30 (B. Pun. p. 13, ed. Vahl.): manus ad caeli templa tendebam lacrimans, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 20, 40 (Ann. v. 50 ed. Vahl.); cf.:

    duplices tendens ad sidera palmas,

    Verg. A. 1, 93: molem ex profundo saxeam ad caelum vomit, Att. ap. Prisc. 1325 P.: clamor ad caelum volvendus, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 104 Mull. (Ann. v. 520 ed. Vahl.) (cf. with this: tollitur in caelum clamor, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, or Ann. v. 422):

    ad caelumque ferat flammai fulgura rursum, of Aetna,

    Lucr. 1, 725; cf. id. 2, 191; 2, 325: sidera sola micant;

    ad quae sua bracchia tendens, etc.,

    Ov. M. 7, 188:

    altitudo pertingit ad caelum,

    Vulg. Dan. 4, 17.—
    c.
    Also in the direction downwards (for the usu. in):

    tardiore semper ad terras omnium quae geruntur in caelo effectu cadente quam visu,

    Plin. 2, 97, 99, § 216.
    2.
    The point or goal at which any thing arrives.
    a.
    Without reference to the space traversed in passing, to, toward (the most common use of this prep.): cum stupro redire ad suos popularis, Naev. ap. Fest. p. 317 Mull. (B. Pun. p. 14 ed. Vahl.):

    ut ex tam alto dignitatis gradu ad superos videatur potius quam ad inferos pervenisse,

    Cic. Lael. 3, 12: ad terras decidat aether, Lucan. 2, 58. —Hence,
    (α).
    With verbs which designate going, coming, moving, bearing, bringing near, adapting, taking, receiving, calling, exciting, admonishing, etc., when the verb is compounded with ad the prep. is not always repeated, but the constr. with the dat. or acc. employed; cf. Rudd. II. pp. 154, 175 n. (In the ante-class. per., and even in Cic., ad is generally repeated with most verbs, as, ad eos accedit, Cic. Sex. Rosc. 8:

    ad Sullam adire,

    id. ib. 25:

    ad se adferre,

    id. Verr. 4, 50:

    reticulum ad naris sibi admovebat,

    id. ib. 5, 27:

    ad laborem adhortantur,

    id. de Sen. 14:

    T. Vectium ad se arcessit,

    id. Verr. 5, 114; but the poets of the Aug. per., and the historians, esp. Tac., prefer the dative; also, when the compound verb contains merely the idea of approach, the constr. with ad and the acc. is employed; but when it designates increase, that with the dat. is more usual: accedit ad urbem, he approaches the city; but, accedit provinciae, it is added to the province.)—
    (β).
    Ad me, te, se, for domum meam, tuam, suam (in Plaut. and Ter. very freq.):

    oratus sum venire ad te huc,

    Plaut. Mil. 5, 1, 12: spectatores plaudite atque ite ad vos comissatum, id. Stich. fin.:

    eamus ad me,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 64:

    ancillas traduce huc ad vos,

    id. Heaut. 4, 4, 22:

    transeundumst tibi ad Menedemum,

    id. 4, 4, 17: intro nos vocat ad sese, tenet intus apud se, Lucil. ap. Charis. p. 86 P.:

    te oro, ut ad me Vibonem statim venias,

    Cic. Att. 3, 3; 16, 10 al.—
    (γ).
    Ad, with the name of a deity in the gen., is elliptical for ad templum or aedem (cf.:

    Thespiadas, quae ad aedem Felicitatis sunt,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 4; id. Phil. 2, 35:

    in aedem Veneris,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 120;

    in aedem Concordiae,

    Cic. Cat. 3, 9, 21;

    2, 6, 12): ad Dianae,

    to the temple of, Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 43:

    ad Opis,

    Cic. Att. 8, 1, 14:

    ad Castoris,

    id. Quint. 17:

    ad Juturnae,

    id. Clu. 101:

    ad Vestae,

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 35 al.: cf. Rudd. II. p. 41, n. 4, and p. 334.—
    (δ).
    With verbs which denote a giving, sending, informing, submitting, etc., it is used for the simple dat. (Rudd. II. p. 175): litteras dare ad aliquem, to send or write one a letter; and: litteras dare alicui, to give a letter to one; hence Cic. never says, like Caesar and Sall., alicui scribere, which strictly means, to write for one (as a receipt, etc.), but always mittere, scribere, perscribere ad aliquem:

    postea ad pistores dabo,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 119:

    praecipe quae ad patrem vis nuntiari,

    id. Capt. 2, 2, 109:

    in servitutem pauperem ad divitem dare,

    Ter. Ph. 4, 3, 48:

    nam ad me Publ. Valerius scripsit,

    Cic. Fam. 14, 2 med.:

    de meis rebus ad Lollium perscripsi,

    id. ib. 5, 3:

    velim domum ad te scribas, ut mihi tui libri pateant,

    id. Att. 4, 14; cf. id. ib. 4, 16:

    ad primam (sc. epistulam) tibi hoc scribo,

    in answer to your first, id. ib. 3, 15, 2:

    ad Q. Fulvium Cons. Hirpini et Lucani dediderunt sese,

    Liv. 27, 15, 1; cf. id. 28, 22, 5.—Hence the phrase: mittere or scribere librum ad aliquem, to dedicate a book to one (Greek, prosphônein):

    has res ad te scriptas, Luci, misimus, Aeli,

    Lucil. Sat. 1, ap. Auct. Her. 4, 12:

    quae institueram, ad te mittam,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 5: ego interea admonitu tuo perfeci sane argutulos libros ad Varronem;

    and soon after: mihi explices velim, maneasne in sententia, ut mittam ad eum quae scripsi,

    Cic. Att. 13, 18; cf. ib. 16; Plin. 1, 19.—So in titles of books: M. Tullii Ciceronis ad Marcum Brutum Orator; M. T. Cic. ad Q. Fratrem Dialogi tres de Oratore, etc.—In the titles of odes and epigrams ad aliquem signifies to, addressed to. —
    (ε).
    With names of towns after verbs of motion, ad is used in answer to the question Whither? instead of the simple acc.; but commonly with this difference, that ad denotes to the vicinity of, the neighborhood of:

    miles ad Capuam profectus sum, quintoque anno post ad Tarentum,

    Cic. de Sen. 4, 10; id. Fam. 3, 81:

    ad Veios,

    Liv. 5, 19; 14, 18; cf. Caes. B. G. 1, 7; id. B. C. 3, 40 al.—Ad is regularly used when the proper name has an appellative in apposition to it:

    ad Cirtam oppidum iter constituunt,

    Sall. J. 81, 2; so Curt. 3, 1, 22; 4, 9, 9;

    or when it is joined with usque,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 34, § 87; id. Deiot, 7, 19.— (When an adjective is added, the simple acc. is used poet., as well as with ad:

    magnum iter ad doctas proficisci cogor Athenas,

    Prop. 3, 21, 1; the simple acc., Ov. H. 2, 83: doctas jam nunc eat, inquit, Athenas).—
    (ζ).
    With verbs which imply a hostile movement toward, or protection in respect to any thing, against = adversus:

    nonne ad senem aliquam fabricam fingit?

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 34:

    Lernaeas pugnet ad hydras,

    Prop. 3, 19, 9: neque quo pacto fallam, nec quem dolum ad eum aut machinam commoliar, old poet in Cic. N. D. 3, 29, 73:

    Belgarum copias ad se venire vidit,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 5; 7, 70:

    ipse ad hostem vehitur,

    Nep. Dat. 4, 5; id. Dion. 5, 4: Romulus ad regem impetus facit (a phrase in which in is commonly found), Liv. 1, 5, 7, and 44, 3, 10:

    aliquem ad hostem ducere,

    Tac. A. 2, 52:

    clipeos ad tela protecti obiciunt,

    Verg. A. 2, 443:

    munio me ad haec tempora,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 18:

    ad hos omnes casus provisa erant praesidia,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 65; 7, 41;

    so with nouns: medicamentum ad aquam intercutem,

    Cic. Off. 3, 24:

    remedium ad tertianam,

    Petr. Sat. 18:

    munimen ad imbris,

    Verg. G. 2, 352:

    farina cum melle ad tussim siccam efficasissima est,

    Plin. 20, 22, 89, § 243:

    ad muliebre ingenium efficaces preces,

    Liv. 1, 9; 1, 19 (in these two passages ad may have the force of apud, Hand).—
    (η).
    The repetition of ad to denote the direction to a place and to a person present in it is rare:

    nunc tu abi ad forum ad herum,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 100; cf.:

    vocatis classico ad concilium militibus ad tribunos,

    Liv. 5 47.—(The distinction between ad and in is given by Diom. 409 P., thus: in forum ire est in ipsum forum intrare; ad forum autem ire, in locum foro proximum; ut in tribunal et ad tribunal venire non unum est; quia ad tribunal venit litigator, in tribunal vero praetor aut judex; cf. also Sen. Ep. 73, 14, deus ad homines venit, immo, quod propius est, in homines venit.)—
    b.
    The terminus, with ref. to the space traversed, to, even to, with or without usque, Quint. 10, 7, 16: ingurgitavit usque ad imum gutturem, Naev. ap. Non. 207, 20 (Rib. Com. Rel. p. 30): dictator pervehitur usque ad oppidum, Naev. ap. Varr. L. L. 5, § 153 Mull. (B. Pun. p. 16 ed. Vahl.):

    via pejor ad usque Baii moenia,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 96; 1, 1, 97:

    rigidum permanat frigus ad ossa,

    Lucr. 1, 355; 1, 969:

    cum sudor ad imos Manaret talos,

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 10:

    ut quantum posset, agmen ad mare extenderet,

    Curt. 3, 9, 10:

    laeva pars ad pectus est nuda,

    id. 6, 5, 27 al. —Hence the Plinian expression, petere aliquid (usque) ad aliquem, to seek something everywhere, even with one:

    ut ad Aethiopas usque peteretur,

    Plin. 36, 6, 9, § 51 (where Jan now reads ab Aethiopia); so,

    vestis ad Seras peti,

    id. 12, 1, 1.— Trop.:

    si quid poscam, usque ad ravim poscam,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 5, 10:

    deverberasse usque ad necem,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 13;

    without usque: hic ad incitas redactus,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 136; 4, 2, 52; id. Poen. 4, 2, 85; illud ad incitas cum redit atque internecionem, Lucil. ap. Non. 123, 20:

    virgis ad necem caedi,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; so Hor. S. 1, 2, 42; Liv. 24, 38, 9; Tac. A. 11, 37; Suet. Ner. 26; id. Dom. 8 al.
    3.
    Nearness or proximity in gen. = apud, near to, by, at, close by (in anteclass. per. very freq.; not rare later, esp. in the historians): pendent peniculamenta unum ad quemque pedum, trains are suspended at each foot, Enn. ap. Non. 149, 33 (Ann. v. 363 ed. Vahl.):

    ut in servitute hic ad suum maneat patrem,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 49; cf. id. ib. 2, 3, 98;

    3, 5, 41: sol quasi flagitator astat usque ad ostium,

    stands like a creditor continually at the door, id. Most. 3, 2, 81 (cf. with same force, Att. ap. Non. 522, 25;

    apud ipsum astas): ad foris adsistere,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 66; id. Arch. 24:

    astiterunt ad januam,

    Vulg. Act. 10, 17:

    non adest ad exercitum,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 6; cf. ib. prol. 133:

    aderant ad spectaculum istud,

    Vulg. Luc. 23, 48: has (testas) e fenestris in caput Deiciunt, qui prope ad ostium adspiraverunt, Lucil. ap. Non. 288, 31:

    et nec opinanti Mors ad caput adstitit,

    Lucr. 3, 959:

    quod Romanis ad manum domi supplementum esset,

    at hand, Liv. 9, 19, 6:

    haec arma habere ad manum,

    Quint. 12, 5, 1:

    dominum esse ad villam,

    Cic. Sull. 20; so id. Verr. 2, 21:

    errantem ad flumina,

    Verg. E. 6, 64; Tib. 1, 10, 38; Plin. 7, 2, § 12; Vitr. 7, 14; 7, 12; and ellipt. (cf. supra, 2. g):

    pecunia utinam ad Opis maneret!

    Cic. Phil. 1, 17.—Even of persons:

    qui primum pilum ad Caesarem duxerat (for apud),

    Caes. B. G. 6, 38; so id. ib. 1, 31; 3, 9; 5, 53; 7, 5; id. B. C. 3, 60:

    ad inferos poenas parricidii luent,

    among, Cic. Phil. 14, 13:

    neque segnius ad hostes bellum apparatur,

    Liv. 7, 7, 4: pugna ad Trebiam, ad Trasimenum, ad Cannas, etc., for which Liv. also uses the gen.:

    si Trasimeni quam Trebiae, si Cannarum quam Trasimeni pugna nobilior esset, 23, 43, 4.—Sometimes used to form the name of a place, although written separately, e. g. ad Murcim,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 154:

    villa ad Gallinas, a villa on the Flaminian Way,

    Plin. 15, 30, 40, § 37: ad urbem esse (of generals), to remain outside the city (Rome) until permission was given for a triumph:

    “Esse ad urbem dicebantur, qui cum potestate provinciali aut nuper e provincia revertissent, aut nondum in provinciam profecti essent... solebant autem, qui ob res in provincia gestas triumphum peterent, extra urbem exspectare, donec, lege lata, triumphantes urbem introire possent,”

    Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 3, 8.—So sometimes with names of towns and verbs of rest:

    pons, qui erat ad Genavam,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 7:

    ad Tibur mortem patri minatus est,

    Cic. Phil. 6, 4, 10:

    conchas ad Caietam legunt,

    id. Or. 2, 6:

    ad forum esse,

    to be at the market, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 136; id. Most. 3, 2, 158; cf. Ter. Ph. 4, 2, 8; id. And. 1, 5, 19.—Hence, adverb., ad dextram (sc. manum, partem), ad laevam, ad sinistram, to the right, to the left, or on the right, on the left:

    ad dextram,

    Att. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 225; Plaut. Poen. 3, 4, 1; Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 44; Cic. Univ. 13; Caes. B. C. 1, 69:

    ad laevam,

    Enn. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 51; Att. ib. p. 217: ad sinistram, Ter. [p. 28] Ad. 4, 2, 43 al.:

    ad dextram... ad laevam,

    Liv. 40, 6;

    and with an ordinal number: cum plebes ad tertium milliarium consedisset,

    at the third milestone, Cic. Brut. 14, 54, esp. freq. with lapis:

    sepultus ad quintum lapidem,

    Nep. Att. 22, 4; so Liv. 3, 69 al.; Tac. H. 3, 18; 4, 60 (with apud, Ann. 1, 45; 3, 45; 15, 60) al.; cf. Rudd. II. p. 287.
    B.
    In time, analogous to the relations given in A.
    1.
    Direction toward, i. e. approach to a definite point of time, about, toward:

    domum reductus ad vesperum,

    toward evening, Cic. Lael. 3, 12:

    cum ad hiemem me ex Cilicia recepissem,

    toward winter, id. Fam. 3, 7.—
    2.
    The limit or boundary to which a space of time extends, with and without usque, till, until, to, even to, up to:

    ego ad illud frugi usque et probus fui,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 53:

    philosophia jacuit usque ad hanc aetatem,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 3, 5; id. de Sen. 14:

    quid si hic manebo potius ad meridiem,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 55; so id. Men. 5, 7, 33; id. Ps. 1, 5, 116; id. As. 2, 1, 5:

    ad multam noctem,

    Cic. de Sen. 14:

    Sophocles ad summam senectutem tragoedias fecit,

    id. ib. 2; cf. id. Rep. 1, 1:

    Alexandream se proficisci velle dixit (Aratus) remque integram ad reditum suum jussit esse,

    id. Off. 2, 23, 82:

    bestiae ex se natos amant ad quoddam tempus,

    id. Lael. 8; so id. de Sen. 6; id. Somn. Sc. 1 al. —And with ab or ab-usque, to desig. the whole period of time passed away:

    ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,

    Cic. Att. 7, 8:

    usque ab aurora ad hoc diei,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 8.—
    3.
    Coincidence with a point of time, at, on, in, by:

    praesto fuit ad horam destinatam,

    at the appointed hour, Cic. Tusc. 5, 22:

    admonuit ut pecuniam ad diem solverent,

    on the day of payment, id. Att. 16, 16 A:

    nostra ad diem dictam fient,

    id. Fam. 16, 10, 4; cf. id. Verr. 2, 2, 5: ad lucem denique arte et graviter dormitare coepisse, at (not toward) daybreak, id. Div. 1, 28, 59; so id. Att. 1, 3, 2; 1, 4, 3; id. Fin. 2, 31, 103; id. Brut. 97, 313:

    ad id tempus,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 24; Sall. J. 70, 5; Tac. A. 15, 60; Suet. Aug. 87; Domit. 17, 21 al.
    C.
    The relations of number.
    1.
    An approximation to a sum designated, near, near to, almost, about, toward (cf. Gr. epi, pros with acc. and the Fr. pres de, a peu pres, presque) = circiter (Hand, Turs. I. p. 102):

    ad quadraginta eam posse emi minas,

    Plaut. Ep. 2, 2, 111:

    nummorum Philippum ad tria milia,

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 115; sometimes with quasi added:

    quasi ad quadraginta minas,

    as it were about, id. Most. 3, 1, 95; so Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 93:

    sane frequentes fuimus omnino ad ducentos,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 1:

    cum annos ad quadraginta natus esset,

    id. Clu. 40, 110:

    ad hominum milia decem,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 4:

    oppida numero ad duodecim, vicos ad quadringentos,

    id. ib. 1, 5.—In the histt. and post-Aug. authors ad is added adverbially in this sense (contrary to Gr. usage, by which amphi, peri, and eis with numerals retain their power as prepositions): ad binum milium numero utrinque sauciis factis, Sisenn. ap. Non. 80, 4:

    occisis ad hominum milibus quattuor,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 33:

    ad duorum milium numero ceciderunt,

    id. B. C. 3, 53:

    ad duo milia et trecenti occisi,

    Liv. 10, 17, 8; so id. 27, 12, 16; Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Rudd. II. p. 334.—
    2.
    The terminus, the limit, to, unto, even to, a designated number (rare):

    ranam luridam conicere in aquam usque quo ad tertiam partem decoxeris,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 2, 26; cf. App. Herb. 41:

    aedem Junonis ad partem dimidiam detegit,

    even to the half, Liv. 42, 3, 2:

    miles (viaticum) ad assem perdiderat,

    to a farthing, to the last farthing, Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 27; Plin. Ep. 1, 15:

    quid ad denarium solveretur,

    Cic. Quint. 4.—The phrase omnes ad unum or ad unum omnes, or simply ad unum, means lit. all to one, i. e. all together, all without exception; Gr. hoi kath hena pantes (therefore the gender of unum is changed according to that of omnes): praetor omnes extra castra, ut stercus, foras ejecit ad unum, Lucil. ap. Non. 394, 22:

    de amicitia omnes ad unum idem sentiunt,

    Cic. Lael. 23:

    ad unum omnes cum ipso duce occisi sunt,

    Curt. 4, 1, 22 al.:

    naves Rhodias afflixit ita, ut ad unam omnes constratae eliderentur,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 27; onerariae omnes ad unam a nobis sunt exceptae, Cic. Fam. 12, 14 (cf. in Gr. hoi kath hena; in Hebr., Exod. 14, 28).— Ad unum without omnes:

    ego eam sententiam dixi, cui sunt assensi ad unum,

    Cic. Fam. 10, 16:

    Juppiter omnipotens si nondum exosus ad unum Trojanos,

    Verg. A. 5, 687.
    D.
    In the manifold relations of one object to another.
    1.
    That in respect of or in regard to which a thing avails, happens, or is true or important, with regard to, in respect of, in relation to, as to, to, in.
    a.
    With verbs:

    ad omnia alia aetate sapimus rectius,

    in respect to all other things we grow wiser by age, Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 45:

    numquam ita quisquam bene ad vitam fuat,

    id. ib. 5, 4, 1:

    nil ibi libatum de toto corpore (mortui) cernas ad speciem, nil ad pondus,

    that nothing is lost in form or weight, Lucr. 3, 214; cf. id. 5, 570; Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 21, § 58; id. Mur. 13, 29: illi regi Cyro subest, ad immutandi animi licentiam, crudelissimus ille Phalaris, in that Cyrus, in regard to the liberty of changing his disposition (i. e. not in reality, but inasmuch as he is at liberty to lay aside his good character, and assume that of a tyrant), there is concealed another cruel Phalaris, Cic. Rep. 1, 28:

    nil est ad nos,

    is nothing to us, concerns us not, Lucr. 3, 830; 3, 845:

    nil ad me attinet,

    Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 54:

    nihil ad rem pertinet,

    Cic. Caecin. 58;

    and in the same sense elliptically: nihil ad Epicurum,

    id. Fin. 1, 2, 5; id. Pis. 68:

    Quid ad praetorem?

    id. Verr. 1, 116 (this usage is not to be confounded with that under 4.).—
    b.
    With adjectives:

    ad has res perspicax,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 129:

    virum ad cetera egregium,

    Liv. 37, 7, 15:

    auxiliaribus ad pugnam non multum Crassus confidebat,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 25:

    ejus frater aliquantum ad rem est avidior,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 51; cf. id. And. 1, 2, 21; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 129:

    ut sit potior, qui prior ad dandum est,

    id. Phorm. 3, 2, 48:

    difficilis (res) ad credendum,

    Lucr. 2, 1027:

    ad rationem sollertiamque praestantior,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 62; so id. Leg. 2, 13, 33; id. Fin. 2, 20, 63; id. Rosc. Am. 30, 85; id. Font. 15; id. Cat. 1, 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 25, 113; 1, 32, 146; 2, 49, 200; id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; Liv. 9, 16, 13; Tac. A. 12, 54 al.—
    c.
    With nouns:

    prius quam tuum, ut sese habeat, animum ad nuptias perspexerit,

    before he knew your feeling in regard to the marriage, Ter. And. 2, 3, 4 (cf. Gr. hopôs echei tis pros ti):

    mentis ad omnia caecitas,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 11:

    magna vis est fortunae in utramque partem vel ad secundas res vel ad adversas,

    id. Off. 2, 6; so id. Par. 1:

    ad cetera paene gemelli,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 3.—So with acc. of gerund instead of the gen. from the same vb.:

    facultas ad scribendum, instead of scribendi,

    Cic. Font. 6;

    facultas ad agendum,

    id. de Imp. Pomp. 1, 2: cf. Rudd. II. p. 245.—
    d.
    In gramm.: nomina ad aliquid dicta, nouns used in relation to something, i. e. which derive their significance from their relation to another object: quae non possunt intellegi sola, ut pater, mater;

    jungunt enim sibi et illa propter quae intelleguntur,

    Charis. 129 P.; cf. Prisc. 580 ib.—
    2.
    With words denoting measure, weight, manner, model, rule, etc., both prop. and fig., according to, agreeably to, after (Gr. kata, pros):

    columnas ad perpendiculum exigere,

    Cic. Mur. 77:

    taleis ferreis ad certum pondus examinatis,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 12: facta sunt ad certam formam. Lucr. 2, 379:

    ad amussim non est numerus,

    Varr. 2, 1, 26:

    ad imaginem facere,

    Vulg. Gen. 1, 26:

    ad cursus lunae describit annum,

    Liv. 1, 19:

    omnia ad diem facta sunt,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 5:

    Id ad similitudinem panis efficiebant,

    id. B. C. 3, 48; Vulg. Gen. 1, 26; id. Jac. 3, 9:

    ad aequos flexus,

    at equal angles, Lucr. 4, 323: quasi ad tornum levantur, to or by the lathe, id. 4, 361:

    turres ad altitudiem valli,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 42; Liv. 39, 6:

    ad eandem crassitudinem structi,

    id. 44, 11:

    ad speciem cancellorum scenicorum,

    with the appearance of, like, Varr. R. R. 3, 5, 8:

    stagnum maris instar, circumseptum aedificiis ad urbium speciem,

    Suet. Ner. 31:

    lascivum pecus ludens ad cantum,

    Liv. Andron. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 1:

    canere ad tibiam,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 2: canere ad tibicinem, id. ib. 1, 2 (cf.:

    in numerum ludere,

    Verg. E. 6, 28; id. G. 4, 175):

    quod ad Aristophanis lucernam lucubravi,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 9 Mull.: carmen castigare ad unguem, to perfection (v. unguis), Hor. A. P. 294:

    ad unguem factus homo,

    a perfect gentleman, id. S. 1, 5, 32 (cf. id. ib. 2, 7, 86):

    ad istorum normam sapientes,

    Cic. Lael. 5, 18; id. Mur. 3:

    Cyrus non ad historiae fidem scriptus, sed ad effigiem justi imperii,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:

    exercemur in venando ad similitudinem bellicae disciplinae,

    id. N. D. 2, 64, 161: so,

    ad simulacrum,

    Liv. 40, 6:

    ad Punica ingenia,

    id. 21, 22:

    ad L. Crassi eloquentiam,

    Cic. Var. Fragm. 8:

    omnia fient ad verum,

    Juv. 6, 324:

    quid aut ad naturam aut contra sit,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 9, 30:

    ad hunc modum institutus est,

    id. Tusc. 2, 3; Caes. B. G. 2, 31; 3, 13:

    ad eundem istunc modum,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 70:

    quem ad modum, q. v.: ad istam faciem est morbus, qui me macerat,

    of that kind, Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 73; id. Merc. 2, 3, 90; cf.

    91: cujus ad arbitrium copia materiai cogitur,

    Lucr. 2, 281:

    ad eorum arbitrium et nutum totos se fingunt,

    to their will and pleasure, Cic. Or. 8, 24; id. Quint. 71:

    ad P. Lentuli auctoritatem Roma contendit,

    id. Rab. Post. 21:

    aliae sunt legati partes, aliae imperatoris: alter omnia agere ad praescriptum, alter libere ad summam rerum consulere debet,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 51:

    rebus ad voluntatem nostram fluentibus,

    Cic. Off. 1, 26:

    rem ad illorum libidinem judicarunt,

    id. Font. 36:

    ad vulgi opinionem,

    id. Off. 3, 21.—So in later Lat. with instar:

    ad instar castrorum,

    Just. 36, 3, 2:

    scoparum,

    App. M. 9, p. 232:

    speculi,

    id. ib. 2, p. 118: ad hoc instar mundi, id. de Mundo, p. 72.—Sometimes, but very rarely, ad is used absol. in this sense (so also very rarely kata with acc., Xen. Hell. 2, 3; Luc. Dial. Deor. 8): convertier ad nos, as we (are turned), Lucr. 4, 317:

    ad navis feratur,

    like ships, id. 4, 897 Munro. —With noun:

    ad specus angustiac vallium,

    like caves, Caes. B. C. 3, 49.—Hence,
    3.
    With an object which is the cause or reason, in conformity to which, from which, or for which, any thing is or is done.
    a.
    The moving cause, according to, at, on, in consequence of:

    cetera pars animae paret et ad numen mentis momenque movetur,

    Lucr. 3, 144:

    ad horum preces in Boeotiam duxit,

    on their entreaty, Liv. 42, 67, 12: ad ea Caesar veniam ipsique et conjugi et fratribus tribuit, in consequence of or upon this, he, etc., Tac. Ann. 12, 37.—
    b.
    The final cause, or the object, end, or aim, for the attainment of which any thing,
    (α).
    is done,
    (β).
    is designed, or,
    (γ).
    is fitted or adapted (very freq.), to, for, in order to.
    (α).
    Seque ad ludos jam inde abhinc exerceant, Pac. ap. Charis. p. 175 P. (Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 80):

    venimus coctum ad nuptias,

    in order to cook for the wedding, Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 15:

    omnis ad perniciem instructa domus,

    id. Bacch. 3, 1, 6; cf. Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 41; Liv. 1, 54:

    cum fingis falsas causas ad discordiam,

    in order to produce dissension, Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 71:

    quantam fenestram ad nequitiam patefeceris,

    id. Heaut. 3, 1, 72:

    utrum ille, qui postulat legatum ad tantum bellum, quem velit, idoneus non est, qui impetret, cum ceteri ad expilandos socios diripiendasque provincias, quos voluerunt, legatos eduxerint,

    Cic. de Imp. Pomp. 19, 57:

    ego vitam quoad putabo tua interesse, aut ad spem servandam esse, retinebo,

    for hope, id. Q. Fr. 1, 4; id. Fam. 5, 17:

    haec juventutem, ubi familiares opes defecerant, ad facinora incendebant,

    Sall. C. 13, 4:

    ad speciem atque ad usurpationem vetustatis,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 12, 31; Suet. Caes. 67:

    paucis ad speciem tabernaculis relictis,

    for appearance, Caes. B. C. 2, 35; so id. ib. 2, 41; id. B. G. 1, 51.—
    (β).
    Aut equos alere aut canes ad venandum. Ter. And. 1, 1, 30:

    ingenio egregie ad miseriam natus sum,

    id. Heaut. 3, 1, 11;

    (in the same sense: in rem,

    Hor. C. 1, 27, 1, and the dat., Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 6):

    ad cursum equum, ad arandum bovem, ad indagandum canem,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 13, 40:

    ad frena leones,

    Verg. A. 10, 253:

    delecto ad naves milite,

    marines, Liv. 22, 19 Weissenb.:

    servos ad remum,

    rowers, id. 34, 6; and:

    servos ad militiam emendos,

    id. 22, 61, 2:

    comparasti ad lecticam homines,

    Cat. 10, 16:

    Lygdamus ad cyathos,

    Prop. 4, 8, 37; cf.:

    puer ad cyathum statuetur,

    Hor. C. 1, 29, 8.—
    (γ).
    Quae oportet Signa esse [p. 29] ad salutem, omnia huic osse video, everything indicative of prosperity I see in him, Ter. And. 3, 2, 2:

    haec sunt ad virtutem omnia,

    id. Heaut. 1, 2, 33:

    causa ad objurgandum,

    id. And. 1, 1, 123:

    argumentum ad scribendum,

    Cic. Att. 9, 7 (in both examples instead of the gen. of gerund., cf. Rudd. II. p. 245):

    vinum murteum est ad alvum crudam,

    Cato R. R. 125:

    nulla res tantum ad dicendum proficit, quantum scriptio,

    Cic. Brut. 24:

    reliquis rebus, quae sunt ad incendia,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 101 al. —So with the adjectives idoneus, utilis, aptus, instead of the dat.:

    homines ad hanc rem idoneos,

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 2, 6:

    calcei habiles et apti ad pedem,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 54, 231:

    orator aptus tamen ad dicendum,

    id. Tusc. 1, 3, 5:

    sus est ad vescendum hominibus apta,

    id. N. D. 2, 64, 160:

    homo ad nullam rem utilis,

    id. Off. 3, 6:

    ad segetes ingeniosus ager,

    Ov. F. 4, 684.—(Upon the connection of ad with the gerund. v. Zumpt, § 666; Rudd. II. p. 261.)—
    4.
    Comparison (since that with which a thing is compared is considered as an object to which the thing compared is brought near for the sake of comparison), to, compared to or with, in comparison with:

    ad sapientiam hujus ille (Thales) nimius nugator fuit,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 25; id. Trin. 3, 2, 100:

    ne comparandus hic quidem ad illum'st,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 14; 2, 3, 69:

    terra ad universi caeli complexum,

    compared with the whole extent of the heavens, Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:

    homini non ad cetera Punica ingenia callido,

    Liv. 22, 22, 15:

    at nihil ad nostram hanc,

    nothing in comparison with, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 70; so Cic. Deiot. 8, 24; and id. de Or. 2, 6, 25.
    E.
    Adverbial phrases with ad.
    1.
    Ad omnia, withal, to crown all:

    ingentem vim peditum equitumque venire: ex India elephantos: ad omnia tantum advehi auri, etc.,

    Liv. 35, 32, 4.—
    2.
    Ad hoc and ad haec (in the historians, esp. from the time of Livy, and in authors after the Aug. per.), = praeterea, insuper, moreover, besides, in addition, epi toutois:

    nam quicumque impudicus, adulter, ganeo, etc.: praeterea omnes undique parricidae, etc.: ad hoc, quos manus atque lingua perjurio aut sanguine civili alebat: postremo omnes, quos, etc.,

    Sall. C. 14, 2 and 3:

    his opinionibus inflato animo, ad hoc vitio quoque ingenii vehemens,

    Liv. 6, 11, 6; 42, 1, 1; Tac. H. 1, 6; Suet. Aug. 22 al.—
    3.
    Ad id quod, beside that (very rare):

    ad id quod sua sponte satis conlectum animorum erat, indignitate etiam Romani accendebantur,

    Liv. 3, 62, 1; so 44, 37, 12.—
    4.
    Ad tempus.
    a.
    At a definite, fixed time, Cic. Att. 13, 45; Liv. 38, 25, 3.—
    b.
    At a fit, appropriate time, Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 54, § 141; Liv. 1, 7, 13.—
    c.
    For some time, for a short time, Cic. Off. 1, 8, 27; id. Lael. 15, 53; Liv. 21, 25, 14.—
    d.
    According to circumstances, Cic. Planc. 30, 74; id. Cael. 6, 13; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 9.—
    5.
    Ad praesens (for the most part only in post-Aug. writers).
    a.
    For the moment, for a short time, Cic. Fam. 12, 8; Plin. 8, 22, 34; Tac. A. 4, 21.—
    b.
    At present, now, Tac. A. 16, 5; id. H. 1, 44.—So, ad praesentiam, Tac. A. 11, 8.—
    6.
    Ad locum, on the spot:

    ut ad locum miles esset paratus,

    Liv. 27, 27, 2.—
    7.
    Ad verbum, word for word, literally, Cic. Fin. 1, 2, 4; id. de Or. 1, 34, 157; id. Ac. 2, 44, 135 al.—
    8.
    Ad summam.
    a.
    On the whole, generally, in general, Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3; id. Att. 14, 1; Suet. Aug. 71.—
    b.
    In a word, in short, Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149; Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 106. —
    9.
    Ad extremum, ad ultimum, ad postremum.
    a.
    At the end, finally, at last.
    (α).
    Of place, at the extremity, extreme point, top, etc.:

    missile telum hastili abiegno et cetera tereti, praeterquam ad extremum, unde ferrum exstabat,

    Liv. 21, 8, 10.—
    (β).
    Of time = telos de, at last, finally:

    ibi ad postremum cedit miles,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 5, 52; so id. Poen. 4, 2, 22; Cic. Off. 3, 23, 89; id. Phil. 13, 20, 45; Caes. B. G. 7, 53; Liv. 30, 15, 4 al.— Hence,
    (γ).
    of order, finally, lastly, = denique: inventa componere; tum ornare oratione; post memoria sepire;

    ad extremum agere cum dignitate,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142.—
    b.
    In Liv., to the last degree, quite: improbus homo, sed non ad extremum perditus, 23, 2, 3; cf.:

    consilii scelerati, sed non ad ultimum dementis,

    id. 28, 28, 8.—
    10.
    Quem ad finem? To what limit? How far? Cic. Cat. 1, 1; id. Verr. 5, 75.—
    11.
    Quem ad modum, v. sub h. v.
    ► a.
    Ad (v. ab, ex, in, etc.) is not repeated like some other prepositions with interrog. and relative pronouns, after nouns or demonstrative pronouns:

    traducis cogitationes meas ad voluptates. Quas? corporis credo,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37 (ubi v. Kuhner).—
    b.
    Ad is sometimes placed after its substantive:

    quam ad,

    Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 39:

    senatus, quos ad soleret, referendum censuit,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 4:

    ripam ad Araxis,

    Tac. Ann. 12, 51;

    or between subst. and adj.: augendam ad invidiam,

    id. ib. 12, 8.—
    c.
    The compound adque for et ad (like exque, eque, and, poet., aque) is denied by Moser, Cic. Rep. 2, 15, p. 248, and he reads instead of ad humanitatem adque mansuetudinem of the MSS., hum. atque mans. But adque, in acc. with later usage, is restored by Hand in App. M. 10, p. 247, adque haec omnia oboediebam for atque; and in Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 9, utroque vorsum rectum'st ingenium meum, ad se adque illum, is now read, ad te atque ad illum (Fleck., Brix).
    II.
    In composition.
    A.
    Form. According to the usual orthography, the d of the ad remains unchanged before vowels, and before b, d, h, m, v: adbibo, adduco, adhibeo, admoveo, advenio; it is assimilated to c, f, g, l, n, p, r, s, t: accipio, affigo, aggero, allabor, annumero, appello, arripio, assumo, attineo; before g and s it sometimes disappears: agnosco, aspicio, asto: and before qu it passes into c: acquiro, acquiesco.—But later philologists, supported by old inscriptions and good MSS., have mostly adopted the following forms: ad before j, h, b, d, f, m, n, q, v; ac before c, sometimes, but less well, before q; ag and also ad before g; a before gn, sp, sc, st; ad and also al before l; ad rather than an before n; ap and sometimes ad before p; ad and also ar before r; ad and also as before s; at and sometimes ad before t. In this work the old orthography has commonly been retained for the sake of convenient reference, but the better form in any case is indicated.—
    B.
    Signif. In English up often denotes approach, and in many instances will give the force of ad as a prefix both in its local and in its figurative sense.
    1.
    Local.
    a.
    To, toward: affero, accurro, accipio ( to one's self).—
    b.
    At, by: astare, adesse.—
    c.
    On, upon, against: accumbo, attero.—
    d.
    Up (cf. de- = down, as in deicio, decido): attollo, ascendo, adsurgo.—
    2.
    Fig.
    a.
    To: adjudico, adsentior.—
    b.
    At or on: admiror, adludo.—
    c.
    Denoting conformity to, or comparison with: affiguro, adaequo.—
    d.
    Denoting addition, increase (cf. ab, de, and ex as prefixes to denote privation): addoceo, adposco.—
    e.
    Hence, denoting intensity: adamo, adimpleo, aduro, and perhaps agnosco.—
    f.
    Denoting the coming to an act or state, and hence commencement: addubito, addormio, adquiesco, adlubesco, advesperascit. See more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 74-134.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ad

  • 53 vociferar

    v.
    1 to shout.
    2 to vociferate, to shout, to scream, to blare.
    * * *
    1 to vociferate, shout
    1 to vociferate, shout
    * * *
    verb
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=gritar) to yell, shout
    2) (=jactarse) to proclaim boastfully
    2.
    VI to yell, shout, vociferate frm
    * * *
    verbo intransitivo to shout, vociferate (frml)
    * * *
    = boom, howl, mouth off, belt out, shout + Posesivo + head off, scream + Posesivo + head off, shout at + the top of + Posesivo + lungs, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + head, shout at + the top of + Posesivo + voice, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + voice, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + lungs.
    Ex. And those users who are unfortunate enough to hit on a librarian who booms (or shrills) their private problems around the library floor may never ask a question again.
    Ex. If we do not listen to other people whispering their prayers today we may have to meet them tomorrow when they are howling their war cries.
    Ex. She walked into the tavern and started mouthing off about my less than exemplary manliness.
    Ex. Singers will belt out Beatles hits to help charity.
    Ex. He gets more and more hysterical every week and frankly gives the impression of being a bit barmy by grinning like a maniac and shouting his head off.
    Ex. She has a vicious temper and is always screaming her head off about something.
    Ex. She shouted at the top of her lungs, causing Gabrielle to cringe slightly.
    Ex. By the time I had gotten to the front door, however, I could hear a woman screaming at the top of her head some incoherent nonsense.
    Ex. In no time she took off her sandals and thrashed one of the snatchers and started shouting at the top of her voice.
    Ex. She ran into the street stark naked, waving her arms wildly and screaming at the top of her voice, 'Stop, stop!'.
    Ex. Speaking specifically about manic depression, she asked, 'How would you diagnose a patient who walks back and forth screaming at the top of his lungs?'.
    * * *
    verbo intransitivo to shout, vociferate (frml)
    * * *
    = boom, howl, mouth off, belt out, shout + Posesivo + head off, scream + Posesivo + head off, shout at + the top of + Posesivo + lungs, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + head, shout at + the top of + Posesivo + voice, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + voice, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + lungs.

    Ex: And those users who are unfortunate enough to hit on a librarian who booms (or shrills) their private problems around the library floor may never ask a question again.

    Ex: If we do not listen to other people whispering their prayers today we may have to meet them tomorrow when they are howling their war cries.
    Ex: She walked into the tavern and started mouthing off about my less than exemplary manliness.
    Ex: Singers will belt out Beatles hits to help charity.
    Ex: He gets more and more hysterical every week and frankly gives the impression of being a bit barmy by grinning like a maniac and shouting his head off.
    Ex: She has a vicious temper and is always screaming her head off about something.
    Ex: She shouted at the top of her lungs, causing Gabrielle to cringe slightly.
    Ex: By the time I had gotten to the front door, however, I could hear a woman screaming at the top of her head some incoherent nonsense.
    Ex: In no time she took off her sandals and thrashed one of the snatchers and started shouting at the top of her voice.
    Ex: She ran into the street stark naked, waving her arms wildly and screaming at the top of her voice, 'Stop, stop!'.
    Ex: Speaking specifically about manic depression, she asked, 'How would you diagnose a patient who walks back and forth screaming at the top of his lungs?'.

    * * *
    vociferar [A1 ]
    vi
    to shout, yell, vociferate ( frml)
    * * *

    vociferar ( conjugate vociferar) verbo intransitivo
    to shout, vociferate (frml)
    vociferar verbo intransitivo to shout, scream, vociferate
    ' vociferar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    vocear
    English:
    bluster
    - bawl
    - storm
    * * *
    to shout
    * * *
    v/i shout
    * * *
    gritar: to shout, to yell

    Spanish-English dictionary > vociferar

  • 54 BIOS

    ['baios] n. shkurtesë nga b asic i nput o utput s ystem ( BIOS) sistemi themelor për hyrje-dalje ( informatikë)
    What is BIOS?
    BIOS is an acronym for Basic Input/Output System. It is the boot firmware program on a PC, and controls the computer from the time you start it up until the operating system takes over. When you turn on a PC, the BIOS first conducts a basic hardware check, called a Power-On Self Test (POST), to determine whether all of the attachments are present and working. Then it loads the operating system into your computer's random access memory, or RAM.
    The BIOS also manages data flow between the computer's operating system and attached devices such as the hard disk, video card, keyboard, mouse, and printer.
    The BIOS stores the date, the time, and your system configuration information in a battery-powered, non-volatile memory chip, called a CMOS (Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor) after its manufacturing process.
    Although the BIOS is standardized and should rarely require updating, some older BIOS chips may not accommodate new hardware devices. Before the early 1990s, you couldn't update the BIOS without removing and replacing its ROM chip. Contemporary BIOS resides on memory chips such as flash chips or EEPROM (Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory), so that you can update the BIOS yourself if necessary.
    For detailed information about BIOS updates, visit:
    What is firmware?
    Firmware consists of programs installed semi-permanently into memory, using various types of programmable ROM chips, such as PROMS, EPROMs, EEPROMs, and flash chips.
    Firmware is non-volatile, and will remain in memory after you turn the system off.
    Often, the term firmware is used to refer specifically to boot firmware, which controls a computer from the time that it is turned on until the primary operating system has taken over. Boot firmware's main function is to initialize the hardware and then to boot (load and execute) the primary operating system. On PCs, the boot firmware is usually referred to as the BIOS.
    What is the difference between memory and disk storage?
    Memory and disk storage both refer to internal storage space in a computer.
    The term memory usually means RAM (Random Access Memory). To refer to hard drive storage, the terms disk space or storage are usually used.
    Typically, computers have much less memory than disk space, because RAM is much more expensive per megabyte than a hard disk. Today, a typical desktop computer might come with 512MB of RAM, and a 40 gigabyte hard disk.
    Virtual memory is disk space that has been designated to act like RAM.
    Computers also contain a small amount of ROM, or read-only memory, containing permanent or semi-permanent (firmware) instructions for checking hardware and starting up the computer. On a PC, this is called the BIOS.
    What is RAM?
    RAM stands for Random Access Memory. RAM provides space for your computer to read and write data to be accessed by the CPU (central processing unit). When people refer to a computer's memory, they usually mean its RAM.
    New computers typically come with at least 256 megabytes (MB) of RAM installed, and can be upgraded to 512MB or even a gigabyte or more.
    If you add more RAM to your computer, you reduce the number of times your CPU must read data from your hard disk. This usually allows your computer to work considerably faster, as RAM is many times faster than a hard disk.
    RAM is volatile, so data stored in RAM stays there only as long as your computer is running. As soon as you turn the computer off, the data stored in RAM disappears.
    When you turn your computer on again, your computer's boot firmware (called BIOS on a PC) uses instructions stored semi-permanently in ROM chips to read your operating system and related files from the disk and load them back into RAM.
    Note: On a PC, different parts of RAM may be more or less easily accessible to programs. For example, cache RAM is made up of very high-speed RAM chips which sit between the CPU and main RAM, storing (i.e., caching) memory accesses by the CPU. Cache RAM helps to alleviate the gap between the speed of a CPU's megahertz rating and the ability of RAM to respond and deliver data. It reduces how often the CPU must wait for data from main memory.
    What is ROM?
    ROM is an acronym for Read-Only Memory. It refers to computer memory chips containing permanent or semi-permanent data. Unlike RAM, ROM is non-volatile; even after you turn off your computer, the contents of ROM will remain.
    Almost every computer comes with a small amount of ROM containing the boot firmware. This consists of a few kilobytes of code that tell the computer what to do when it starts up, e.g., running hardware diagnostics and loading the operating system into RAM. On a PC, the boot firmware is called the BIOS.
    Originally, ROM was actually read-only. To update the programs in ROM, you had to remove and physically replace your ROM chips. Contemporary versions of ROM allow some limited rewriting, so you can usually upgrade firmware such as the BIOS by using installation software. Rewritable ROM chips include PROMs (programmable read-only memory), EPROMs (erasable read-only memory), EEPROMs (electrically erasable programmable read-only memory), and a common variation of EEPROMs called flash memory.
    What is an ACPI BIOS?
    ACPI is an acronym that stands for Advanced Configuration and Power Interface, a power management specification developed by Intel, Microsoft, and Toshiba. ACPI support is built into Windows 98 and later operating systems. ACPI is designed to allow the operating system to control the amount of power provided to each device or peripheral attached to the computer system. This provides much more stable and efficient power management and makes it possible for the operating system to turn off selected devices, such as a monitor or CD-ROM drive, when they are not in use.
    ACPI should help eliminate computer lockup on entering power saving or sleep mode. This will allow for improved power management, especially in portable computer systems where reducing power consumption is critical for extending battery life. ACPI also allows for the computer to be turned on and off by external devices, so that the touch of a mouse or the press of a key will "wake up" the computer. This new feature of ACPI, called OnNow, allows a computer to enter a sleep mode that uses very little power.
    In addition to providing power management, ACPI also evolves the existing Plug and Play BIOS (PnP BIOS) to make adding and configuring new hardware devices easier. This includes support for legacy non-PnP devices and improved support for combining older devices with ACPI hardware, allowing both to work in a more efficient manner in the same computer system. The end result of this is to make the BIOS more PnP compatible.
    What is CMOS?
    CMOS, short for Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor, is a low-power, low-heat semiconductor technology used in contemporary microchips, especially useful for battery-powered devices. The specific technology is explained in detail at:
    http://searchsmb.techtarget.com/sDefinition/0,,sid44_gci213860,00.html
    Most commonly, though, the term CMOS is used to refer to small battery-powered configuration chips on system boards of personal computers, where the BIOS stores the date, the time, and system configuration details.
    How do I enter the Setup program in my BIOS?
    Warning: Your BIOS Setup program is very powerful. An incorrect setting could cause your computer not to boot properly. You should make sure you understand what a setting does before you change it.
    You can usually run Setup by pressing a special function key or key combination soon after turning on the computer, during its power-on self test (POST), before the operating system loads (or before the operating system's splash screen shows). During POST, the BIOS usually displays a prompt such as:
    Press F2 to enter Setup
    Many newer computers display a brief screen, usually black and white, with the computer manufacturer's logo during POST.
    Entering the designated keystroke will take you into the BIOS Setup. Common keystrokes to enter the BIOS Setup are F1, F2, F10, and Del.
    On some computers, such as some Gateway or Compaq computers, graphics appear during the POST, and the BIOS information is hidden. You must press Esc to make these graphics disappear. Your monitor will then display the correct keystroke to enter.
    Note: If you press the key too early or too often, the BIOS may display an error message. To avoid this, wait about five seconds after turning the power on, and then press the key once or twice.
    What's the difference between BIOS and CMOS?
    Many people use the terms BIOS (basic input/output system) and CMOS (complementary metal oxide semiconductor) to refer to the same thing. Though they are related, they are distinct and separate components of a computer. The BIOS is the program that starts a computer up, and the CMOS is where the BIOS stores the date, time, and system configuration details it needs to start the computer.
    The BIOS is a small program that controls the computer from the time it powers on until the time the operating system takes over. The BIOS is firmware, which means it cannot store variable data.
    CMOS is a type of memory technology, but most people use the term to refer to the chip that stores variable data for startup. A computer's BIOS will initialize and control components like the floppy and hard drive controllers and the computer's hardware clock, but the specific parameters for startup and initializing components are stored in the CMOS.

    English-Albanian dictionary > BIOS

  • 55 stuff

    I
    noun
    1) (material or substance: What is that black oily stuff on the beach?; The doctor gave me some good stuff for removing warts; Show them what stuff you're made of! (= how brave, strong etc you are).) materia; material; sustancia; cosa
    2) ((unimportant) matter, things, objects etc: We'll have to get rid of all this stuff when we move house.) cosas; chismes, cachivaches, trastos
    3) (an old word for cloth.) paño, tela; género
    •
    - that's the stuff!
    II
    verb
    1) (to pack or fill tightly, often hurriedly or untidily: His drawer was stuffed with papers; She stuffed the fridge with food; The children have been stuffing themselves with ice-cream.) atiborrar(se); meter algo de cualquier manera; embutir; atestar
    2) (to fill (eg a turkey, chicken etc) with stuffing before cooking.) rellenar
    3) (to fill the skin of (a dead animal or bird) to preserve the appearance it had when alive: They stuffed the golden eagle.) disecar
    •
    - stuff up
    stuff1 n
    1. algo
    what's that stuff on your shirt? ¿qué es eso que tienes en la camisa?
    2. cosas
    have you got all your stuff? ¿tienes todas tus cosas?
    stuff2 vb
    1. rellenar
    2. meter
    tr[stʌf]
    1 familiar (matter, material, substance) materia, material nombre masculino
    ■ what's that stuff on your shirt? ¿qué es eso que tienes en la camisa?
    ■ do you like cauliflower? - no, I can't stand the stuff ¿te gusta la coliflor? - no, no la aguanto
    ■ do you call this stuff lasagne? ¿a esto lo llamas lasaña?
    2 familiar (things, possesions) cosas nombre femenino plural, trastos nombre masculino plural
    ■ don't give me all that macho stuff! ¡no me vengas con esos cuentos de macho!
    1 (fill - container, bag, box) llenar ( with, de); (- cushion, toy, food) rellenar ( with, de); (- hole) tapar
    ■ have you stuffed the turkey? ¿has rellenado el pavo?
    2 (dead animal) disecar
    3 (push carelessly, shove) meter, poner
    4 familiar (beat, thrash) dar una paliza a
    5 slang (sod) meter
    ■ you can stuff your job! ¡métete el trabajo donde te quepa!
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    that's the stuff! ¡así es!, ¡así me gusta!
    to do one's stuff hacer lo suyo
    to know one's stuff saber de lo que uno está hablando
    to stuff one's face hartarse de comida, atiborrarse, ponerse morado,-a
    stuff ['stʌf] vt
    : rellenar, llenar, atiborrar
    1) possessions: cosas fpl
    2) essence: esencia f
    3) substance: cosa f, cosas fpl
    some sticky stuff: una cosa pegajosa
    she knows her stuff: es experta
    n.
    • chismes s.m.pl.
    • cosa s.f.
    • cuerpo s.m.
    • materia s.f.
    • material s.m.
    • mejunje s.m.
    • tela s.f.
    v.
    • ahitar v.
    • atestar v.
    • atiborrar v.
    • emborrar v.
    • empaquetar v.
    • hartar v.
    • hartarse v.
    • henchir v.
    • hinchar v.
    • llenar v.
    • meter sin orden v.
    • recalcar v.
    • rellenar v.

    I stʌf
    mass noun
    1) (colloq)
    a) (substance, matter)

    what's this stuff called? — ¿cómo se llama esto or (fam) esta cosa?

    what sort of stuff does he write? — ¿qué tipo de cosa(s) escribe?

    that's the stuff! — así se hace!, así me gusta!

    to do one's stuff: she went out on stage and did her stuff salió al escenario e hizo lo suyo; to know one's stuff — ser* un experto en la materia

    b) ( miscellaneous items) cosas fpl

    and stuff like that — y cosas de ésas, y cosas por el estilo

    2) (nonsense, excuse) (colloq)

    surely you don't believe all that stuff he tells you? — tú no te creerás todo lo que te cuenta ¿no?

    stuff and nonsense! — (dated) puro cuento! (fam)


    II
    1)
    a) ( fill) \<\<quilt/mattress/toy\>\> rellenar; \<\<hole/leak\>\> tapar

    to stuff something WITH something: we stuffed our pockets with apples nos llenamos los bolsillos de manzanas; to stuff oneself/one's face — (colloq) darse* un atracón (fam), ponerse* morado or ciego (Esp fam)

    b) ( Culin) rellenar
    c) ( in taxidermy) disecar*
    d) (AmE Pol) \<\<ballot box\>\> adulterar
    2)
    a) ( thrust)
    b) ( put) (colloq) poner*
    c) (esp BrE sl)
    [stʌf]
    1. N
    1) * (=substance, material)
    a) (lit)

    what's that stuff in the bucket? — ¿qué es eso que hay en el cubo?

    "do you want some beetroot?" - "no, I hate the stuff" — -¿quieres remolacha? -no, la detesto

    "would you like some wine?" - " no, thanks, I never touch the stuff" — -¿quieres un poco de vino? -no gracias, nunca lo pruebo

    have you got any more of that varnish stuff? — ¿tienes más barniz de ese?

    do you call this stuff beer? — ¿a esto lo llamas cerveza?

    b) (fig)

    that's the stuff! — ¡muy bien!, ¡así se hace!

    2) * (=belongings) cosas fpl, bártulos * mpl, chismes mpl (Sp) *

    where have you put my stuff? — ¿dónde has puesto mis cosas?, ¿dónde has puesto mis bártulos or (Sp) chismes? *

    can I put my stuff in your room? — ¿puedo poner mis cosas en tu cuarto?

    3) * (=nonsense) historias fpl

    all that stuff about how he wants to help us — todas esas historias or todo el cuento ese de que quiere ayudarnos

    don't give me that stuff! I know what you're been up to! — ¡no me vengas con esas historias or ese cuento! ¡sé lo que pretendes!

    stuff and nonsense! — † * ¡tonterías!, ¡puro cuento!

    4) *

    to do one's stuff —

    go on, Jim, do your stuff! let's see a goal! — ¡venga Jim! ¡muéstranos lo que vales, mete ese gol!

    - know one's stuff
    strut I, 2.
    5) *

    I haven't got time for boyfriends, the cinema and stuff like that or and all that stuff — no tengo tiempo para novios, el cine y rollos por el estilo *

    6) (=essence)

    the (very) stuff of sth: the pleasures and pains that are the stuff of human relationships — las alegrías y las penas que constituyen la esencia de las relaciones humanas

    7) **
    8) (Brit)
    ** (=girl, woman) hot 3.
    9) (Drugs) ** mercancía ** f
    10) †† (=fabric) género m, tela f
    2. VT
    1) (=fill, pack) [+ chicken, peppers, cushion, toy] rellenar ( with con); [+ sack, box, pockets] llenar ( with de); [+ hole, leak] tapar; (in taxidermy) [+ animal] disecar, embalsamar

    to stuff a ballot box — (US) (Pol) llenar una urna de votos fraudulentos

    stuff o.s. (with food) * — atracarse or atiborrarse de comida *, darse un atracón *

    2) * (=put)

    to stuff sth in or into sth — meter algo en algo

    can we stuff any more in? — ¿caben más?

    - stuff sth down sb's throat
    3) (Brit)
    ** (in exclamations)

    stuff you! — ¡vete a tomar por culo! (Sp) ***, ¡vete al carajo! (LAm) ***

    oh, stuff it! I've had enough for today — ¡a la mierda! ¡por hoy ya vale! **

    if you don't like it, you can stuff it — si no te gusta te jodes ***

    (you know where) you can stuff that! — ¡ya sabes por dónde te lo puedes meter! **

    stuff the government! — ¡que se joda el gobierno! ***

    get stuffed! — ¡vete a tomar por culo! (Sp) ***, ¡vete al carajo! (LAm) ***

    4) ** (=defeat) dar un palizón a *, machacar *
    3.
    VI * (=guzzle) atracarse de comida *, atiborrarse de comida *, darse un atracón *
    * * *

    I [stʌf]
    mass noun
    1) (colloq)
    a) (substance, matter)

    what's this stuff called? — ¿cómo se llama esto or (fam) esta cosa?

    what sort of stuff does he write? — ¿qué tipo de cosa(s) escribe?

    that's the stuff! — así se hace!, así me gusta!

    to do one's stuff: she went out on stage and did her stuff salió al escenario e hizo lo suyo; to know one's stuff — ser* un experto en la materia

    b) ( miscellaneous items) cosas fpl

    and stuff like that — y cosas de ésas, y cosas por el estilo

    2) (nonsense, excuse) (colloq)

    surely you don't believe all that stuff he tells you? — tú no te creerás todo lo que te cuenta ¿no?

    stuff and nonsense! — (dated) puro cuento! (fam)


    II
    1)
    a) ( fill) \<\<quilt/mattress/toy\>\> rellenar; \<\<hole/leak\>\> tapar

    to stuff something WITH something: we stuffed our pockets with apples nos llenamos los bolsillos de manzanas; to stuff oneself/one's face — (colloq) darse* un atracón (fam), ponerse* morado or ciego (Esp fam)

    b) ( Culin) rellenar
    c) ( in taxidermy) disecar*
    d) (AmE Pol) \<\<ballot box\>\> adulterar
    2)
    a) ( thrust)
    b) ( put) (colloq) poner*
    c) (esp BrE sl)

    English-spanish dictionary > stuff

  • 56 come

    [kʌm] intransitive verb, came [keɪm], come

    come here! — komm [mal] her!

    [I'm] coming! — [ich] komme schon!

    come running into the room — ins Zimmer gerannt kommen

    not know whether or if one is coming or going — nicht wissen, wo einem der Kopf steht

    they came to a house/town — sie kamen zu einem Haus/in eine Stadt

    Christmas/Easter is coming — bald ist Weihnachten/Ostern

    he has come a long way — er kommt von weit her

    come to somebody's notice or attention/knowledge — jemandem auffallen/zu Ohren kommen

    2) (occur) kommen; (in list etc.) stehen
    3) (become, be)

    the shoelaces have come undone — die Schnürsenkel sind aufgegangen

    it all came right in the end — es ging alles gut aus

    have come to believe/realize that... — zu der Überzeugung/Einsicht gelangt sein, dass...

    4) (become present) kommen

    in the coming week/month — kommende Woche/kommenden Monat

    to come — (future) künftig

    in years to come — in künftigen Jahren

    for some time to come — [noch] für einige Zeit

    5) (be result) kommen
    6) (happen)

    how comes it that you...? — wie kommt es, dass du...?

    how come? — (coll.) wieso?; weshalb?

    come what may — komme, was wolle (geh.); ganz gleich, was kommt

    7) (be available) [Waren:] erhältlich sein

    this dress comes in three sizes — dies Kleid gibt es in drei Größen od. ist in drei Größen erhältlich

    8) (coll.): (play a part)

    come the bully with somebody — bei jemandem den starken Mann markieren (salopp)

    don't come the innocent with me — spiel mir nicht den Unschuldsengel vor! (ugs.)

    don't come that game with me! — komm mir bloß nicht mit dieser Tour od. Masche! (salopp)

    Phrasal Verbs:
    - academic.ru/14418/come_about">come about
    * * *
    1. past tense - came; verb
    1) (to move etc towards the person speaking or writing, or towards the place being referred to by him: Come here!; Are you coming to the dance?; John has come to see me; Have any letters come for me?) kommen
    2) (to become near or close to something in time or space: Christmas is coming soon.) kommen
    3) (to happen or be situated: The letter `d' comes between `c' and è' in the alphabet.) erscheinen
    4) ((often with to) to happen (by accident): How did you come to break your leg?) dazu kommen
    5) (to arrive at (a certain state etc): What are things coming to? We have come to an agreement.) gelangen
    6) ((with to) (of numbers, prices etc) to amount (to): The total comes to 51.) hinauslaufen auf
    2. interjection
    (expressing disapproval, drawing attention etc: Come, come! That was very rude of you!) nun, bitte
    - comer
    - coming
    - comeback
    - comedown
    - come about
    - come across
    - come along
    - come by
    - come down
    - come into one's own
    - come off
    - come on
    - come out
    - come round
    - come to
    - come to light
    - come upon
    - come up with
    - come what may
    - to come
    * * *
    [kʌm]
    <came, come>
    1. (move towards) kommen
    \come here a moment kommst du mal einen Moment [her]?
    careful, a car's coming! Achtung, da kommt ein Auto!
    my sister came rushing out of the train meine Schwester stürmte aus dem Zug
    coming! ich komme!
    have you \come straight from the airport? kommen Sie direkt vom Flughafen?
    did you \come here by car? sind Sie mit dem Auto gekommen?
    she's \come 500 km to be here with us tonight sie ist 500 km gereist, um heute Abend bei uns zu sein
    \come to sunny Bridlington for your holidays! machen Sie Urlaub im sonnigen Bridlington!
    to \come into a room/building in ein Zimmer/Gebäude kommen
    ▪ to \come towards sb auf jdn zugehen
    2. (arrive) ankommen
    has she \come yet? ist sie schon da?
    Christmas is coming bald ist Weihnachten
    morning has not yet \come es ist noch nicht Morgen
    Christmas only \comes once a year Weihnachten ist nur einmal im Jahr
    how often does the post \come? wie oft kommt die Post?
    \come Monday morning you'll regret... Montagmorgen wirst du es bereuen, dass...
    \come March, I will have been married for two years im März bin ich zwei Jahre verheiratet
    I think the time has \come to... ich denke, es ist an der Zeit,...
    how's your headache? — it \comes and goes was machen deine Kopfschmerzen? — mal besser, mal schlechter
    in days to \come in Zukunft
    to \come to sb's rescue jdm zu Hilfe kommen
    to \come as a surprise überraschend kommen
    the year to \come das kommende [o nächste] Jahr
    in years to \come in der Zukunft
    3. (go for a purpose)
    ▪ to \come and do sth [vorbei]kommen, um etw zu tun
    \come and visit us sometime komm doch mal vorbei
    I'll \come and pick you up in the car ich hole dich dann mit dem Auto ab
    dad, \come and see what I've done Papa, schau [mal], was ich gemacht habe
    I've \come to read the gas meter ich soll den Gaszähler ablesen
    ▪ to \come for sb/sth jdn/etw abholen
    your father will \come for you at 4 o'clock dein Vater kommt dich um 16 Uhr abholen
    the police have \come for you die Polizei will Sie sprechen
    4. (accompany someone) mitkommen
    are you coming or staying? kommst du oder bleibst du noch?
    would you like to \come for a walk? kommst du mit spazieren?
    are you coming to the cinema tonight? kommst du heute Abend mit ins Kino?
    do you want to \come to the pub with us? kommst du mit einen trinken?
    5. (originate from) herrühren, stammen
    where is that awful smell coming from? wo kommt dieser schreckliche Gestank her?
    his voice came from the bathroom seine Stimme drang aus dem Badezimmer
    he \comes of a farming family er stammt aus einer Familie mit langer Tradition in der Landwirtschaft
    does that quote \come from Shakespeare? stammt das Zitat von Shakespeare?
    to \come from Italy/a wealthy family aus Italien/einer wohlhabenden Familie stammen
    6. (in sequence)
    Z \comes after Y Z kommt nach Y
    Monday \comes before Tuesday Montag kommt vor Dienstag
    the article \comes before the noun der Artikel steht vor dem Substantiv
    7. (in competition)
    he \comes first in the list of the world's richest men er führt die Liste der reichsten Männer an
    Paul came far behind Paul kam nur unter „ferner liefen“
    to \come first/second BRIT, AUS Erste(r)/Zweite(r) werden
    to \come from behind aufholen
    8. (have priority)
    to \come before sth wichtiger als etw sein
    to \come first [bei jdm] an erster Stelle stehen
    9. (happen) geschehen
    how exactly did you \come to be naked in the first place? wie genau kam es dazu, dass Sie nackt waren?
    \come to think of it... wenn ich es mir recht überlege,...
    \come what may komme, was wolle
    how did the window \come to be open? wieso war das Fenster offen?
    you could see it coming das war ja zu erwarten
    how \come? wieso?
    how \come you missed the train? wie kommt's, dass du den Zug verpasst hast?
    10. (be, become)
    to \come under bombardment/pressure/suspicion unter Beschuss/Druck/Verdacht geraten
    to \come under criticism in die Kritik geraten
    to \come into fashion in Mode kommen
    to \come into money/property/a title zu Geld/Besitz/einem Titel kommen
    to \come into office sein Amt antreten
    to \come into power an die Macht kommen
    to \come loose sich [ab]lösen
    to \come open sich akk öffnen; door aufgehen
    how did that phrase \come to mean that? wie kam dieser Ausdruck zu dieser Bedeutung?
    I've \come to like him more and more ich finde ihn immer netter
    I've finally \come to agree with you du hast mich überzeugt
    your shoelaces have \come undone deine Schnürsenkel sind aufgegangen
    all my dreams came true all meine Träume haben sich erfüllt
    everything will \come right in the end am Ende wird alles gut werden
    nothing came of it daraus ist nichts geworden
    his hair \comes [down] to his shoulders seine Haare reichen ihm bis auf die Schultern
    11. (be available) erhältlich sein; (exist) vorkommen, existieren
    the vase \comes in a red box die Vase wird in einem roten Karton geliefert
    how would you like your coffee? — as it \comes, please wie trinken Sie Ihren Kaffee? — schwarz, bitte
    sth \comes in different sizes/colours etw ist in unterschiedlichen Größen/Farben erhältlich, etw gibt es in unterschiedlichen Größen/Farben
    to \come cheap[er] billig[er] sein fam
    12. (progress) weiterkommen
    we've \come a long way wir haben viel erreicht
    13. (sl: have orgasm) kommen sl
    14.
    ▶ \come, \come! ach, ich bitte dich! fam
    ▶ \come again? [wie] bitte?
    ▶ to \come clean about sth etw beichten
    ▶ he/she had it coming [to himself/herself] ( fam) das hat er/sie sich selbst zu verdanken!
    ▶ don't \come it [with me]! sei nicht so frech [zu mir]!
    ▶ I don't know whether I'm coming or going ich weiß nicht, wo mir der Kopf steht fam
    ▶ to be as stupid as they \come dumm wie Stroh sein
    ▶ ... and \come to that...... und da wir gerade davon sprechen,... fam
    ▶ to \come unstuck BRIT, AUS plan schiefgehen; speaker steckenbleiben; person baden gehen fam; project in die Binsen gehen fam
    to \come the heavy father [with sb] [bei jdm] den strengen Vater herauskehren
    to \come the poor little innocent [with sb] [bei jdm] die Unschuldige/den Unschuldigen spielen
    don't \come that game with me! komm mir jetzt bloß nicht so! fam
    III. NOUN
    no pl ( vulg: semen) Soße f vulg
    * * *
    [kʌm] pret came, ptp come
    1. vi
    1) (= approach) kommen

    come and get it! — (das) Essen ist fertig!, Essen fassen! (esp Mil)

    to come and go — kommen und gehen; (vehicle) hin- und herfahren

    the picture/sound comes and goes — das Bild/der Ton geht immerzu weg

    I don't know whether I'm coming or going — ich weiß nicht (mehr), wo mir der Kopf steht (inf)

    he has come a long way — er hat einen weiten Weg hinter sich; (fig)

    coming! —

    come come!, come now! (fig) — komm(, komm)!, na, na!

    2) (= arrive) kommen; (= reach, extend) reichen (to an/in/bis etc +acc)

    they came to a town/castle — sie kamen in eine Stadt/zu einem Schloss

    it came to me that... — mir fiel ein, dass...

    3) (= have its place) kommen
    4) (= happen) geschehen

    come what may — ganz gleich, was geschieht, komme, was (da) mag (geh)

    you could see it coming — das konnte man ja kommen sehen, das war ja zu erwarten

    you've got it coming to you (inf) — mach dich auf was gefasst!

    5)

    how come? (inf) — wieso?, weshalb?

    how come you're so late?, how do you come to be so late? — wieso etc kommst du so spät?

    6) (= be, become) werden

    the handle has come loose —

    it comes less expensive to shop in town — es ist or kommt billiger, wenn man in der Stadt einkauft

    everything came all right in the end — zuletzt or am Ende wurde doch noch alles gut

    7) (COMM: be available) erhältlich sein
    8)

    (+infin = be finally in a position to) I have come to believe him — inzwischen or mittlerweile glaube ich ihm

    I'm sure you will come to agree with me — ich bin sicher, dass du mir schließlich zustimmst

    (now I) come to think of it — wenn ich es mir recht überlege

    9)

    the years/weeks to come — die kommenden or nächsten Jahre/Wochen

    in time to come —

    the life (of the world) to come — das ewige Leben

    ... come next week — nächste Woche...

    how long have you been away? – a week come Monday — wie lange bist du schon weg? – (am) Montag acht Tage (inf) or eine Woche

    a week come Monday I'll be... — Montag in acht Tagen (inf) or in einer Woche bin ich...

    11) (inf: have orgasm) kommen (inf)
    2. vt (Brit inf
    = act as if one were) spielen

    don't come the innocent with me — spielen Sie hier bloß nicht den Unschuldigen!, kommen Sie mir bloß nicht auf die unschuldige Tour

    he tried to come the innocent with me — er hat versucht, den Unschuldigen zu markieren (inf), er hat es auf die unschuldige Tour versucht (inf)

    3. n
    (sl: semen) Saft m (sl)
    * * *
    come [kʌm]
    A v/i prät came [keım], pperf come
    1. kommen:
    sb is coming es kommt jemand;
    I don’t know whether I’m coming or going ich weiß nicht, wo mir der Kopf steht;
    be long in coming lange auf sich warten lassen;
    come before the judge vor den Richter kommen;
    he came to see us er besuchte uns, er suchte uns auf;
    no work has come his way er hat (noch) keine Arbeit gefunden;
    that comes on page 4 das kommt auf Seite 4;
    the message has come die Nachricht ist gekommen oder eingetroffen;
    ill luck came to him ihm widerfuhr (ein) Unglück;
    I was coming to that darauf wollte ich gerade hinaus;
    come 8th SPORT etc Achter werden
    2. (dran)kommen, an die Reihe kommen:
    who comes first?
    3. kommen, erscheinen, auftreten:
    a) kommen und gehen,
    b) erscheinen und verschwinden;
    love will come in time mit der Zeit wird sich die Liebe einstellen
    4. reichen, sich erstrecken:
    the dress comes to her knees das Kleid reicht ihr bis zu den Knien
    5. kommen, gelangen ( beide:
    to zu):
    come to the throne auf den Thron gelangen;
    come into danger in Gefahr geraten;
    when we come to die wenn es zum Sterben kommt, wenn wir sterben müssen;
    how came it to be yours? wie kamen oder gelangten Sie dazu?
    6. kommen, abstammen ( beide:
    of, from von):
    he comes of a good family er kommt oder stammt aus gutem Hause;
    I come from Leeds ich stamme aus Leeds
    7. kommen, herrühren ( beide:
    of von):
    that’s what comes of your hurry das kommt von deiner Eile;
    nothing came of it es wurde nichts daraus
    8. kommen, geschehen, sich entwickeln, sich ereignen, SPORT fallen (Tor):
    come what may ( oder will) komme, was da wolle;
    how did this come to be? wie kam es dazu?
    9. sich erweisen:
    it comes expensive es kommt teuer;
    the expenses come rather high die Kosten kommen recht hoch
    10. ankommen ( to sb jemanden):
    it comes hard (easy) to me es fällt mir schwer (leicht)
    11. (vor inf) werden, sich entwickeln, dahin oder dazu kommen:
    he has come to be a good musician er ist ein guter Musiker geworden, aus ihm ist ein guter Musiker geworden;
    it has come to be the custom es ist Sitte geworden;
    come to know sb jemanden kennenlernen;
    come to know sth etwas erfahren;
    come to appreciate sb jemanden schätzen lernen;
    I have come to believe that … ich bin zu der Überzeugung gekommen, dass…;
    how did you come to do that? wie kamen Sie dazu, das zu tun?
    12. (besonders vor adj) werden, sich entwickeln:
    come true sich bewahrheiten oder erfüllen, eintreffen:
    come all right in Ordnung kommen;
    the butter will not come die Butter bildet sich nicht oder umg wird nicht
    13. AGR, BOT (heraus-)kommen, sprießen, keimen
    14. auf den Markt kommen, erhältlich sein:
    these shirts come in three sizes diese Hemden gibt es in drei Größen
    15. to come (als adj gebraucht) (zu)künftig, kommend:
    the life to come das zukünftige Leben;
    for all time to come für alle Zukunft;
    in the years to come in den kommenden Jahren
    16. umg kommen (einen Orgasmus haben)
    B v/t umg sich aufspielen als, jemanden oder etwas spielen, herauskehren:
    don’t try to come the great scholar over me! versuche nicht, mir gegenüber den großen Gelehrten zu spielen!;
    come it over sb sich jemandem gegenüber aufspielen;
    come it a bit (too) strong (stark) übertreiben;
    don’t come that dodge over me! mit dem Trick kommst du bei mir nicht an!
    C int na (hör mal)!, komm!, bitte!:
    come, come!
    a) auch come now! nanu!, nicht so wild!, immer langsam!
    b) (ermutigend) na komm schon!, auf gehts!
    D s
    1. Kommen n:
    the come and go of the years das Kommen und Gehen der Jahre
    2. vulg Soße f (Sperma)Besondere Redewendungen: come to that umg was das betrifft;
    as stupid as they come umg dumm wie Bohnenstroh;
    how comes it that …?, umg how come that …? wie kommt es, dass …? how come? umg wieso (denn)?, wie das?;
    a year ago come March umg im März vor einem Jahr;
    came Christmas obs dann kam Weihnachten;
    he is coming nicely umg er macht sich recht gut;
    come it Br umg es schaffen;
    he can’t come that Br umg das schafft er nicht; → again 1; (siehe a. die Verbindungen mit den entsprechenden Substantiven etc)
    * * *
    [kʌm] intransitive verb, came [keɪm], come

    come here! — komm [mal] her!

    [I'm] coming! — [ich] komme schon!

    not know whether or if one is coming or going — nicht wissen, wo einem der Kopf steht

    they came to a house/town — sie kamen zu einem Haus/in eine Stadt

    Christmas/Easter is coming — bald ist Weihnachten/Ostern

    come to somebody's notice or attention/knowledge — jemandem auffallen/zu Ohren kommen

    2) (occur) kommen; (in list etc.) stehen
    3) (become, be)

    have come to believe/realize that... — zu der Überzeugung/Einsicht gelangt sein, dass...

    4) (become present) kommen

    in the coming week/month — kommende Woche/kommenden Monat

    to come — (future) künftig

    for some time to come — [noch] für einige Zeit

    5) (be result) kommen

    how comes it that you...? — wie kommt es, dass du...?

    how come? — (coll.) wieso?; weshalb?

    come what may — komme, was wolle (geh.); ganz gleich, was kommt

    7) (be available) [Waren:] erhältlich sein
    8) (coll.): (play a part)
    Phrasal Verbs:
    * * *
    interj.
    eingekehrt interj.
    komm interj.
    kommen interj. v.
    (§ p.,p.p.: came, come)
    = kommen v.
    (§ p.,pp.: kam, ist gekommen)

    English-german dictionary > come

  • 57 more

    /mɔ:/ * tính từ (cấp so sánh của many & much) - nhiều hơn, lớn hơn, đông hơn =there are more people than usual+ có nhiều người hơn thường lệ - hơn nữa, thêm nữa, thêm nữa =to need more time+ cần có thêm thì giờ =one more day; one day more+ thêm một ngày nữa * phó từ - hơn, nhiều hơn !and what is more - thêm nữa, hơn nữa; quan trọng hơn, quan trọng hơn nữa !to be no more - đã chết !more and more - càng ngày càng =the story gets more and more exciting+ câu chuyện càng ngày càng hấp dẫn !the more the better - càng nhiều càng tốt !more or less - không ít thì nhiều - vào khoảng, khoảng chừng, ước độ =one hundred more or less+ khoảng chừng một trăm, trên dưới một trăm !the more... the more - càng... càng =the more I know him, the more I like him+ càng biết nó tôi càng mến nó !more than ever - (xem) ever !not any more - không nữa, không còn nữa =I can't wait any more+ tôi không thể đợi được nữa !no more than - không hơn, không quá =no more than one hundred+ không quá một trăm, chỉ một trăm thôi, đúng một trăm !once more - lại một lần nữa, thêm một lần nữa =I should like to go and see him once more+ tôi muốn đến thăm một lần nữa

    English-Vietnamese dictionary > more

  • 58 HAFA

    * * *
    (hefi; hafða, höfðum; hafðr), v.
    1) to have (þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór);
    hafa elda, to keep up a five;
    2) to hold, celebrate (hafa vinaboð, blót, þing);
    3) to keep, retain (rifu þær vefinn í sundr, ok hafði hverr þat er hélt á);
    4) to use (tvau net eru rý, ok hafa eigi höfð verit);
    orð þau sem hann hafði um haft, which he had made use of;
    hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one;
    hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one;
    hafa tvimæli á e-u, to speak doubtfully of a thing;
    hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words;
    hann var mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in, lawsuits;
    5) to have, hold, maintain;
    hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one;
    hafa hættumikit, to run a great risk;
    hafa heilindi, to have good health;
    6) to bring, carry;
    hafa e-n heim með sér, to bring one home;
    hann hafði lög, út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway;
    hafa sik (to betake oneself) til annara landa;
    7) to take, carry off;
    troll hafi þik, the trolls take thee;
    8) to get, gain, win;
    hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep;
    hefir sá jafnan, er hættir, he wins that ventures;
    hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victor;
    hafa meira hlut, to get the upper hand, gain the day;
    hafa sitt mál, to win one’s suit;
    hafa tafl, to win the game;
    hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed;
    hafa bana, to suffer death, to die;
    hafa sigr, to be worsted;
    hafa góðar viðtökur, to be well received;
    hafa tíðindi af e-m, to get tidings of, or from, one;
    hafa sœmd, óvirðing af e-m, to get honour, disgrace from one;
    with gen., hafa e-s ekki, to fail to catch one (hann kemst á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki);
    ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we shall not catch him at present;
    9) to wear carry (clothes, weapons);
    hann hafði blán kyrtil, he wore a blue kirtle;
    hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand;
    10) to behave, do, or fare, so an so esp. with an adv.;
    hafa vel, illa, vetr, to behave (do) well, badly, be worse;
    hafa sik vel, to behave;
    11) with infin., hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping at selja, to have on sale;
    lög hafið þér at mæla, you are right;
    12) hafa e-n nær e-u, to expose one to (þú hafðir svá nær haft oss úfœru);
    hafa nær e-u, to come near to, esp. impers.;
    nær hafði okkr nú, it was a narrow escape;
    svá nær hafði hausinum, at, the shot so nearly touched the head, that;
    ok er nær hafði, skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of flloating;
    13) as an auxiliary verb, in the earliest time with the pp. of transitive verbs in acc.;
    hefir þú hamar um fólginn, hast thou hidden the hammer?;
    ek hefi sendan mann, I have sent a man;
    later with indecl. neut. pp.;
    hefir þú eigi sét mik, hast thou not seen me?;
    14) with preps.:
    hafa e-t at, to do, act;
    hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely;
    absol., viltu þess freista, ok vita hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see what happens?;
    hafa e-t at hlífiskildi (skotspœni), to use as a shield (as a target);
    hafa e-n háði, hlátri, to mock, laugh at;
    hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of;
    hafa sakir á e-n have charges against one;
    hafa á rás, to take to one’s heels, run off;
    hafa e-t fram, to produce (vápn þorgils vóru fram höfð); to carry out, hold forth;
    hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit;
    var um búit, ekki fram haft, all was made ready but nothing done;
    hafa e-t frammi, í frammi, to use, make use of (hafa í frammi kúgan);
    ok öll lögmæt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all on official duties;
    hafa e-t fyrir satt, to hold for true;
    eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed for that, it is a false charge;
    hafa e-n fyrir sökum um e-t, to charge one with;
    hafa í hótum við e-n, to threaten one;
    hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand;
    höfum eiai sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands;
    hafa ór við e-n, to behave so and so towards one (hefir þú illa ór haft við mik);
    hafa e-t til e-s to use for (höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót); to be a reason or ground for;
    vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sézt, we believe the foundation of the story is that men have been seen there;
    hafa mikit (lítit) til síns máls, to have much (little) in support of one’s case;
    hafa e-t til, to have at hand, possess;
    orð þau, sem hann hafði um haft, the words which he had used;
    keisari hafði fátt um, did not say much;
    hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue one;
    hafa e-t uppi, to take (heave) up (hafa uppi fœri, net);
    Skarpheðinn hafði uppi øxina, S. heaved up the axe;
    hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel;
    hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game;
    hafa e-n uppi, to bring one to light;
    hafa uppi rœður, to begin a discussion;
    hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished (hafa úti sitt dagsverk);
    hafa við e-m, to be a match for one;
    hafa sik við, to exert oneself;
    hafa mikit (lítit) við, to make a great (little) display;
    hann söng messu ok bafði mikit við, and made much of it;
    hann bad jarl leita, bann hafði lítit við þat, he did it lightly;
    haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so;
    haf þú lítit við at eggja sonu þina, refrain from egging on thy sons;
    15) refl., hafast.
    * * *
    pret. hafði; subj. hefði; pres. sing. hefi (less correctly hefir), hefir, hefir; plur. höfum, hafit, hafa: the mod. pres. sing. is monosyllabic hefr or hefur, and is used so in rhymes—andvara engan hefur | … við glys heims gálaus sefur, Pass. 15. 6, but in print the true old form hefir is still retained; the monosyllabic present is used even by old writers in the 1st pers. before the personal or negative suffix, e. g. hef-k and hef-k-a ek for hefi-g and hefig-a ek, see e. g. Grág. (Kb.) 79, 82, in the old oath formula, hef-k eigi, Hallfred; hef ek, Fms. iii. 10 (in a verse); but not so in 3rd pers., e. g. hefir-a or hefir-at, Grág. l. c.: imperat. haf, hafðu: part. pass. hafðr, neut. haft;—hafat is an απ. λεγ., Vsp. 16, and is prob. qs. hafit from hefja, to heave, lift: [Ulf. haban; A. S. habban; Engl. have; Hel. hebben; Germ. haben; Dutch hebben; Dan. have, Swed. hafva: it is curious the Lat. form habere retains the consonant unchanged, cp. the Romance forms, Ital. avere, Fr. avoir, Span. haber, etc. ☞ Hafa is a weak verb, and thus distinguished from hefja (to lift, begin), which is a strong verb, answering to Lat. capere, incipere; but in sundry cases, as will be seen below, it passes into the sense of this latter word; as also in some instances into that of another lost strong verb, hafa, hóf, to behave, and hœfa, to hit]:—to have.
    A. To have; hann hafði með sér ekki meira lið, Fms. i. 39; hafði hverr hirð um sik, 52; höfðu þeir áttján skip, viii. 42; Sverrir hafði tvau hundrað manna, … þeir höfðu annan samnað á landi, 328; hann hafði mikit lið ok frítt, x. 36; þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór, 102; hafa fjölmennar setur, Eb. 22; hann hafði menn sína í síldveri, Eg. 42; mun ek naut hafa þar sem mér þykkir hagi beztr, 716.
    II. to hold:
    1. to keep, celebrate; hafa ok halda, Dipl. i. 6; hafa átrúnað, 10; hafa dóma, 12; hafa blót, Fms. iv. 254; hafa vina-veizlu, id.; hafa vina-boð, Nj. 2; hafa Jóla-boð, Eg. 516; hafa þing, Fms. ix. 449; hafa haust-boð, Gísl. 27; hafa drykkju, Eb. 154; hafa leik, Fms. x. 201, passim.
    2. to hold, observe; hlýðir þat hvergi at hafa eigi lög í landi, Nj. 149; skal þat hafa, er stendr …, Grág. i. 7; skal þat allt hafa er finsk á skrá þeirri …, id.; en hvatki es mis-sagt es í fræðum þessum, þá es skylt at hafa þat (to keep, hold to be true) es sannara reynisk, Íb. 3; ok hafða ek (I kept, selected) þat ór hvárri er framarr greindi, Landn. 320, v. l.
    3. to hold, keep, retain; ef hann vill hafa hann til fardaga, Grág. i. 155; skal búandinn hafa hann hálfan mánuð, 154; ok hafði hvárr þat er hélt á, Nj. 279; hitt skal hafa er um fram er, Rb. 56; kasta í burt þrjátigi ok haf þat sem eptir verðr, 494.
    4. to hold an office; hafa lögsögu, to hold the office of lögsaga, Íb. passim; hafa jarldóm, konungdóm, passim; þat höfðu haft at fornu Dana-konungar, Eg. 267; þér berit konunga-nöfn svá sem fyrr hafa haft ( have had) forfeðr yðrir, en hafit lítið af ríki, Fms. i. 52; hafa ríki, to reign, Hkr. pref.
    5. phrases, hafa elda, to keep a fire, cook, Fms. xi. 129; hafa fjárgæzlu, to tend sheep, Eg. 740; hafa embætti með höndum, Stj. 204; hafa gæzlur á e-u, Fms. ix. 313; hafa … vetr, to have so many winters, be of such an age (cp. Fr. avoir … ans), Íb. 15; margir höfðu lítið fátt þúsund ára, Ver. 7: hafa vörn í máli, Nj. 93; hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand, Fms. viii. 280, ix. 239; hafa e-t á höndum, Grág. i. 38; hafa fyrir satt, to hold for true, Fms. xi. 10; hafa við orð, to intimate, suggest, Nj. 160; hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of, Fas. i. 318.
    6. with prepp. or infin.,
    α. with prep.; hafa til, to have, possess; ef annarr þeirra hefir til enn annarr eigi, þá er sá skyldr til at fá honum er til hefir, Grág. i. 33; ef annarr hefir til …, id.; þér ætlið at ek muna eigi afl til hafa, Ld. 28.
    β. with infin.; hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping, Eg. 500; lög hafit þér at mæla, you have the law on your tongue, i. e. you are right, Nj. 101; hörð tíðindi hefi ek at segja þér, 64; sá er gripinn hefir at halda, Grág. i. 438; hafa at selja, to have on sale, Ld. 28.
    III. to use; var haft til þess sker eitt, Eb. 12; þá höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót, Fms. vii. 193; er þín ráð vóru höfð, that thy advice was taken, Fs. 57; Gríss hafði þessi ráð, Fms. iii. 21; ek vil at þat sé haft er ek legg til, x. 249; þykki mér þú vel hafa ( make good use of) þau tillög er ek legg fyrir þik, xi. 61; til þess alls er jarli þótti skipta, þá hafði hann þessa hluti, 129; tvau ný (net), ok hafa eigi höfð verit ( which have not been used), haf þú ( take) hvárt er þú vilt, Háv. 46; þær vil ek hafa enar nýju, en ek vil ekki hætta til at hafa enar fornu, id.; önnur er ný ok mikil ok hefir ( has) til einskis höfð ( used) verið, id.; buðkr er fyrir húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; gjalda vápn þau er höfð eru, N. G. L. i. 75; þat hafði hann haft ( used) fyrir skála, Edda 29; þeir vóru hafðir til at festa með hús jafnan, Nj. 118; sá hólmr var hafðr til at …, Fms. i. 218; hann skyldi hafa hinn sama eið, x. 7; orð þau sem hann hafði ( had) um haft ( used), Nj. 56; orð þau er hann hafði ( made use of) í barnskírn, K. Þ. K. 14.
    2. more special phrases; hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one, Nj. 224; hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one, 223; allmikil fjölkyngi mun vera við höfð áðr svá fái gört, Edda 27; hafa mörg orð um e-t, Ld. 268; hafa tvímæli á e-u, to discuss, doubt, speak diffidently of a thing, Lv. 52; hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words, Nj. 89; hafa nafn Drottins í hégóma, to take the Lord’s name in vain, Fms. i. 310; (hann var) mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in lawsuits, Dropl. 8: hafa sik til e-s, to use oneself to a thing, i. e. to do a mean, paltry thing; þeir er til þess vilja hafa sik, at ganga í samkundur manna úboðit, Gþl. 200; ef hann vill sik til þessa hafa, Fms. i. 99: hafa sik við, to exert oneself; skaltú ok verða þik við at hafa um þetta mál, ef þú getr þat af þér fært, Grett. 160: hafa e-n at skotspæni, to use one as a target, Nj. 222; hafa e-n at hlífi-skildi sér, to use one as a shield, 262; hafa e-n at ginningar-fifli, auga-bragði, háði, hlátri, Hm. 133, Nj. 224, passim.
    IV. to have, hold, maintain, of a state or condition; hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one, Sks. 662; hafa vanmátt, to continue sick, Eg. 565; hafa hættu-mikit, to run a great risk, Nj. 149; hafa vitfirring, to be insane, Grág. i. 154; hafa heilindi, to have good health, 26, Hm. 67; hafa burði til e-s, to have the birthright to a thing. Eg. 479; hafa hug, áræði, hyggindi, to have the courage …, Hom. 28; hafa vit ( to know), skyn, greind … á e-u, to have understanding of a thing; hafa gaman, gleði, skemtun, ánægju af e-u, to have interest or pleasure in a thing; hafa leiða, ógeð, andstygð, hatr, óbeit á e-u, to dislike, be disgusted with, hate a thing; hafa elsku, mætr, virðing á e-u, to love, esteeem … a thing; hafa allan hug á e-u, to bend the mind to a thing; hafa grun á e-m, to suspect one; hafa ótta, beyg af e-u, to fear a thing; and in numberless other phrases.
    2. with prepp.:
    α. hafa e-t frammi (fram), to carry out, hold forth; hafa frammi róg, Nj. 166; hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit, 101; stefnu-för, 78; heitstrengingar, Fms. xi. 103; ok öll lögmælt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all one’s official duties, 232; var um búit en ekki fram haft, all was made ready, but nothing done, viii. 113; beini má varla verða betri en hér er frammi hafðr, xi. 52; hafðú í frammi ( use) kúgan við þá uppi við fjöllin, Ísl. ii. 215; margir hlutir, þó at hann hafi í frammi, Sks. 276.
    β. hafa mikit, lítið fyrir e-u, to have much, little trouble about a thing; (hence fyrir-höfn, trouble.)
    γ. hafa við e-m (afl or the like understood), to be a match for one, Fms. vii. 170, Lv. 109, Nj. 89, Eg. 474, Anal. 176; hafa mikit, lítið við, to make a great, little display; (hence við-höfn, display, pomp); hann söng messu ok hafði mikit við, he sang mass and made a great thing of it, Nj. 157; þú hefir mikit við, thou makest a great show of it, Boll. 351; hann bað jarl leita, hann hafði lítið við þat, he did it lightly, Nj. 141; haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so, Ld. 182.
    B. To take, carry off, win, wield, [closely akin to Lat. capere]:
    I. to catch, take, esp. in the phrase, hafa ekki e-s, to miss one; hann kemsk á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki, he took to the forest and they missed him, Nj. 130; ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we sha’nt catch him at present, Fms. vi. 278; hafða ek þess vætki vífs, Hm. 101; þeygi ek hana at heldr hefik, 95: in swearing, tröll, herr, gramir hafi þik, the trolls, ghosts, etc. take thee! tröll hafi líf, ef …, Kormak; tröll hafi Trefót allan! Grett. (in a verse); tröll hafi þína vini, tröll hafi hól þitt, Nj.; herr hafi Þóri til slægan, confound the wily Thorir! Fms. vi. 278, v. l. (emended, as the phrase is wrongly explained in Fms. xii. Gloss.); gramir hafi þik! vide gramr.
    II. to carry, carry off, bring; hafði einn hjartað í munni sér, one carried the heart off in his mouth, Nj. 95; hann hafði þat ( brought it) norðan með sér, Eg. 42; hafði Þórólfr heim marga dýrgripi, 4; hann hafði með sér skatt allan, 62; skaltú biðja hennar ok hafa hana heim hingat, Edda 22; fé þat er hann hafði ( had) út haft ( carried from abroad), Gullþ. 13; á fimm hestum höfðu þeir mat, Nj. 74; bókina er hann hafði ( had) út haft, Fms. vii. 156; konungr hafði biskup norðr til Björgynjar með sér, viii. 296; biskup lét hann hafa með sér kirkju-við ok járn-klukku, Landn. 42; hann hafði með sér skulda-lið sitt ok búferli, Eb. 8; hann tók ofan hofit, ok hafði með sér flesta viðu, id.; ok hafa hana í brott, Fms. i. 3; tekr upp barnit, ok hefir heim með sér, Ísl. ii. 20; hann hafði lög út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway, Íb. 5; haf þú heim hvali til bæjar, Hým. 26; ok hafa hann til Valhallar, Nj. 119.
    III. to take, get; hann hafði þá engan mat né drykk, he took no food nor drink, Eg. 602; hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep, Bs. i. 139.
    2. to get, gain, win; öfluðu sér fjár, ok höfðu hlutskipti mikit, Eg. 4; eigi þarftú at biðja viðsmjörs þess, þvíat hann mun þat alls ekki hafa, né þú, for neither he nor thou shall get it, Blas. 28; jarl vill hafa minn fund, he will have a meeting with me, 40, Skv. 1. 4: the sayings, hefir sá jafnan er hættir, he wins that risks, ‘nothing venture, nothing have,’ Hrafn. 16; sá hefir krás er krefr, Sl. 29.
    3. phrases, hafa meira hlut, to get the better lot, gain the day, Nj. 90, Fms. xi. 93; hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victory, ix. 132, Eg. 7, Hkr. i. 215, Ver. 38; hafa betr, to get the better; hafa verr, miðr, to have the worst of it, Fms. v. 86, Þorst. S. St. 48, passim; hafa mál sitt, to win one’s suit, Grág. i. 7, Fms. vii. 34; hafa kaup öll, to get all the bargain, Eg. 71; hafa tafl, to win the game, Fms. vii. 219; hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed, Þkv. 10, 11, Fas. ii. 517: hafa bana, to have one’s bane, to die, Nj. 8; hafa úsigr, to be worsted, passim; hafa úfrið, to have no peace; hafa gagn, sóma, heiðr, neisu, óvirðing, skömm, etc. af e-u, to get profit, gain, honour, disgrace, etc. from a thing; hafa e-n í helju, to put one to death, Al. 123; hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue him, Nj. 95, 128; höfum eigi, sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands, Fms. v. 294.
    4. to get, receive; hann hafði góðar viðtökur, Nj. 4; hón skal hafa sex-tigi hundraða, 3; skyldi Högni hafa land, 118; selja skipit, ef hann hafði þat fyrir ( if he could get for it) sem hann vildi; Flosi spurði í hverjum aurum hann vildi fyrir hafa, hann kvaðsk vildu fyrir hafa land, 259; hafa tíðindi, sögur af e-m, to have, get tidings of or from one, Ld. 28; hafa sæmd, metorð óvirðing, to get honour, disgrace from one’s hands, Nj. 101; hafa bætr, to get compensation, Grág. i. 188; hafa innstæðuna eina, id.; hafa af e-m, to have the best of one, cheat one.
    IV. to carry, wear, of clothes, ornaments, weapons:
    1. of clothes, [cp. Lat. habitus and Icel. höfn = gear]; hafa hatt á höfði, Ld. 28; hafa váskufl yztan klæða, … þú skalt hafa undir ( wear beneath) hin góðu klæði þín, Nj. 32; hann hafði blán kyrtil, … hann hafði svartan kyrtil, Boll. 358; hafa fald á höfði, to wear a hood; hón hafði gaddan rautt á höfði, Orkn. 304; hann hafði um sik breitt belti, he wore a broad belt, Nj. 91; hafa fingr-gull á hendi, 146: to have about one’s person, vefja saman ok hafa í pungi sínum, Edda 27; hlutir sem mönnum var títt at hafa, Fms. xi. 128.
    2. of weapons, to wield, carry; spjót þat er þú hefir í hendi, Boll. 350; hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand, Fms. xi. 129; hafa staf í hendi, to have a stick in the hand, Bárð.; Gunnarr hafði atgeirinn ok sverðit, Kolskeggr hafði saxit, Hjörtr hafði alvæpni, Nj. 93; hann hafdi öxi snaghyrnda, Boll. 358; hann hafði kesjuna fyrir sér, he held the lance in rest, Eg. 532.
    V. here may be added a few special phrases; hafa hendr fyrir sér, to grope, feel with the hands (as in darkness); hafa vit fyrir sér, to act wisely; hafa at sér hendina, to draw one’s hand back, Stj. 198; hafa e-t eptir, to do or repeat a thing after one, Konr.; hafa e-t yfir, to repeat (of a lesson): hafa sik, to betake oneself; hafa sik til annarra landa, Grett. 9 new Ed.; hann vissi varla hvar hann átti at hafa sik, he knew not where ( whither) to betake himself, Bs. i. 807; hefir hann sik aptr á stað til munklífisins, Mar.
    C. Passing into the sense of hefja (see at the beginning); hafa e-t uppi, to heave up, raise; hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel, Fb. ii. 89: hafa uppi færi, net, a fisherman’s term, to heave up, take up the net or line, Háv. 46; Skarphéðinn hafði uppi ( heaved up) öxina, Nj. 144: hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game, Vápn. 29; þar vóru mjök töfl uppi höfð ok sagna-skemtan, Þorf. Karl. 406, v. l.: hafa e-n uppi, to hold one up, bring him to light; svá máttu oss skjótast uppi hafa, Fær. 42: metaph. to reveal, vándr riddari hafði allt þegar uppi, Str. 10.
    2. with the notion to begin; Bárðr hafði uppi orð sín ( began his suit) ok bað Sigríðar, Eg. 26, Eb. 142; hafa upp stefnu, to begin the summons, Boll. 350; hafa upp ræður, to begin a discussion; ræður þær er hann hafði uppi haft við Ingigerði, Fms. iv. 144, where the older text in Ó. H. reads umræður þær er hann hafði upp hafit (from hefja), 59; cp. also Vsp., þat langniðja-tal mun uppi hafat (i. e. hafit) meðan öld lifir, 16, (cp. upp-haf, beginning); þó at ek hafa síðarr um-ræðu um hann, better þó at ek hafa (i. e. hefja) síðarr upp ræðu um hann, though I shall below treat of, discuss that, Skálda (Thorodd) 168; er lengi hefir uppi verit haft síðan (of a song), Nj. 135; cp. also phrases such as, hafa á rás, to begin running, take to one’s heels, Fms. iv. 120, ix. 490; næsta morgin hefir út fjörðinn, the next morning a breeze off land arose, Bs. ii. 48: opp. is the phrase, hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished; hafa úti sitt dags-verk, Fms. xi. 431; hafa úti sekt sína, Grett. 149.
    D. Passing into the sense of a lost strong verb, hafa, hóf (see at the beginning), to behave, do, act:
    I. with an adverb, hafa vel, ílla, or the like, to behave, and in some instances to do well or badly, be happy or unhappy,
    α. to behave; en nú vil ek eigi verr hafa en þú, Fms. iv. 342; þeir sögðu at konungr vildi verr hafa en þeir, 313; hefir þú ílla ór (málum or the like understood) haft við mik, Fs. 140; ólikr er Gísli öðrum í þolinmæði, ok hefir hann betr en vér, Gísl. 28.
    β. to do so and so (to be happy, unhappy); verr hafa þeir er trygðum slitu, Mkv. 3; ílla hefir sá er annan svíkr, 18; vel hefir sá er þat líða lætr, 6; vel hefir sá ( he is happy) er eigi bíðr slíkt íllt þessa heims, Fms. v. 145; hvílíkt hefir þú, how dost thou? Mar.; hafa hart, to do badly, to be wretched; at sál Þorgils mætti fyrir þær sakir eigi hart hafa, Sturl. iii. 292, Mar.; Ólafr hafði þá hölzti ílla, O. was very poorly, D. N. ii. 156; þykisk sá bezt hafa ( happiest) er fyrstr kemr heim, Fms. xi. 248; þá hefir hann bazt af hann þegir, i. e. that is the best he can do if he holds his tongue, Hm. 19; þess get ek at sá hafi verr ( he will make a bad bargain) er þik flytr, Nj. 128; úlfgi hefir ok vel, the wolf is in a bad plight, Ls. 39; mun sá betr hafa er eigi tekr við þér, id.; betr hefðir þú, ef …, thou wouldest do better, if …, Akv. 16.
    γ. adding sik; hafa sik vel, to behave well, Fms. x. 415, Stj. 436.
    II. with the prep. at, to do, act, (hence at-höfn, at-hæfi, act, doing); hann lét ekki til búa vígs-málit ok engan hlut at hafa, Nj. 71; en ef þeim þykkir of lítið féit tekit, þá skulu þeir hafa at hit sama, to act in the same way, Grág. ii. 267; hvatki es þeir hafa at, Fms. xi. 132; hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely, Nj. 33; bæði munu menn þetta kalla stórvirki ok íllvirki, en þó má nú ekki at hafa, but there is no help for it, 202; eigi sýnisk mér meðal-atferðar-leysi, at vér höfum eigi at um kvámur hans, i. e. that we submit tamely to his coming, Fs. 32: absol., viltú þess freista, ok vita þá hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see how it will do? Bjarn. 27; en nú skaltú fara fyrir, ok vita hvat at hafi, Bs. i. 712.
    III. phrases, hafa hátt, to be noisy, talk loud, Fms. i. 66; við skulum ekki hafa hátt ( do not cry loud) hér er maðr á glugganum, a lullaby song; hafa lágt, to keep silent; hafa hægt, to keep quiet; hafa sik á (í) hófi, to compose oneself, Ls. 36; hafa í hótum við e-n, to use threatening ( foul) language, Fb. i. 312; hafa í glett við e-n, to banter one, Fms. viii. 289; hafa íllt at verki, to do a bad deed, Ísl. ii. 184.
    E. Passing into the sense of the verb hæfa (see at the beginning), to aim at, hit, with dat.:
    I. to hit; svá nær hafði hausinum, at …, the shot so nearly hit the head, that …, Fms. ii. 272; þat sama forað, sem henni hafði næst váða, those very precipices from which she had so narrow an escape, Bs. i. 200, Fms. ix. 357; nær hafði nú, at skjótr mundi verða okkarr skilnaðr, Al. 124; nær hafði okkr nú, it struck near us, it was a narrow escape, Fms. viii. 281; kvaðsk svá dreymt hafa ( have dreamed), at þeim mundi nær hafa, ix. 387, v. l.; ok er nær hafði at skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of floating, Ld. 58; ok hafði svá nær (it was within a hair’s breadth), at frændr Þorvalds mundu ganga at honum, Nj. 160; ok hafði svá nær at þeir mundi berjask, Íb. 11, cp. Bs. i. 21: the phrase, fjarri hefir, far from it! Edda (in a verse).
    2. to charge; eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed at for that, ‘tis a false charge, Eg. 64; þeim manni er fyrir sökum er hafðr, i. e. the culprit, Grág. i. 29; cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á e-u, to make a charge of a thing; það varð ekki á því haft, they could not make a case for a charge of it.
    II. metaph. to be the ground or reason for, (hence til-hæfa, reason, fact, foundation); til þess ætla vitrir menn þat haft at Ísland sé Tile (i. e. Thule) kallað, at …, learned men suppose that is the reason that Iceland is called Thule, that …, Landn. (pref.); mikit mun til haft, er einmæli er um (there must be some reason for it, because all people say so), Þorgils segir, eigi er fyrir haft ( there is no ground whatever for it), at ek mæla betr fyrir griðum en aðrir menn, Ísl. ii. 379; vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sésk, we believe the substance of the story is that men have been seen there, Fms. xi. 158; hvat er til þess haft um þat (what is the truth of the matter?), hefir sundr-þykki orðit með ykkr? Boll. 364: in the saying, hefir hverr til síns ágætis nokkut, every one gets his reputation for something, Nj. 115.
    2. to happen, coincide; hefir svá til, at hann var þar sjálfr, Fms. xi. 138, v. l.
    β. the phrase, hafa mikit (lítið) til síns máls, to have much ( little) reason for one’s tale, i. e. to be much, little, in the right, Fms. vii. 221, xi. 138 (v. l.), Nj. 88: um þenna hefir svá stórum, it matters so much with this man, (v. l. for mun stórum skipta), Fms. xi. 311.
    F. REFLEX. to keep, dwell, abide, but only of a temporary shelter or abode, cp. Lat. habitare, (cp. also höfn, a haven); hann hefsk á náttartíma niðri í vötnum, at night-time he keeps down in the water, Stj. 77: to live, þeir höfðusk mjök í kaupferðum, they spent much of their life in travelling, Hkr. i. 276; hann hafðisk löngum í bænum, Bs. i. 353.
    β. with prep. við; hér mun ek við hafask ( I will stay here) en þú far til konungs, Fb. ii. 125; hafðisk hann við á skógum eðr í öðrum fylgsnum, 302; því at hann hafðisk þá á skipum við, Fms. viii. 44; hvílsk heldr ok hafsk við í því landi, rest and stay in that land, Stj. 162; Ásgeirr hafðisk við uppi í dalnum, Sd. 154; hafask lind fyrir, to cover oneself with a shield (?), Vsp. 50; hafask hlífar fyrir, to be mailed in armour, Hkm. 11.
    2. hafask at, to do, behave (cp. D. above); vóru þeir þá svá móðir, at þeir máttu ekki at hafask, Fms. ii. 149; en síðan skulut þér at hafa slíkt sem ek kann fyrir segja, i. 158; þat eitt munu við at hafask, at ek mun betr göra en þú, Nj. 19; Lambi sá hvat Steinarr hafðisk at, Eg. 747.
    3. hafask vel, to do well, thrive; vaxa ok vel hafask, to wax and do well, Hm. 142; nú er þat bæn mín, at þér hafisk við vel, that you bear yourself well up, Fms. ix. 497; Jungfrúin hafðisk vel við í ferðinni, x. 86; at fé hans mundi eigi hafask at betr at meðal-vetri, Grág. ii. 326.
    4. recipr., hafask orð við, to speak to one another; ok er þat ósiðlegt, at menn hafisk eigi orð við, Fs. 14; þar til er þeir hafask réttar tölur við, N. G. L. i. 182.
    II. part. hafandi is used in the sense of having conceived, being with child; þá verit hann varr við at hón var hafandi, 656 B. 14; hón skyldi verða hafandi at Guðs syni, id.; generally, allt þat er hafanda var lét burð sinn ok ærðisk, Fms. vii. 187; svá sem hón verðr at honum hafandi, Stj. 178; (hence barns-hafandi, being with child.)
    G. The word hafa is in the Icel., as in other Teut. languages, used as an auxiliary verb with a part. pass. of another verb, whereby a compound preterite and pluperfect are formed as follows:
    I. in transitive verbs with acc. the participle also was put in acc., agreeing in gender, number, and case with the objective noun or pronoun; this seems to have been a fixed rule in the earliest time, and is used so in all old poems down at least to the middle of the 11th century, to the time of Sighvat (circ. A. D. 990–1040), who constantly used the old form,—átt is an apostrophe for átta in the verse Ó. H. 81:
    1. references from poets, Gm. 5, 12, 16; þá er forðum mik fædda höfðu, Vsp. 2; hverr hefði lopt lævi blandit eðr ætt jötuns Óðs mey gefna, 29; þær’s í árdaga áttar höfðu, 60: ek hafða fengna konungs reiði, Ad. 3; en Grjótbjörn um gnegðan hefir, 18; mik hefir marr miklu ræntan, Stor. 10; þó hefir Míms-vinr mér um fengnar bölva bætr, 22: gaupur er Haraldr hafi sveltar, Hornklofi: Loka mær hefir leikinn allvald, Ýt. 7; sá hafði borinn brúna-hörg, 14; jarlar höfðu veginn hann, 15: ek hef orðinn ( found) þann guðföðr (verða is here used as trans.), Hallfred; höfum kera framðan, id.: hann hefir litnar, sénar, hár bárur, Ísl. ii. 223, thus twice in a verse of A. D. 1002; göngu hefik of gengna, Korm. (in a verse); hann hafði farna för, Hkr. i. (Glum Geirason); ek hefi talðar níu orustur, Sighvat; þú hefir vanðan þik, id.; ér hafit rekna þá braut, Ó. H. 63 (Óttar Svarti); hann hefir búnar okkr hendr skrautliga, Sighvat (Ó. H. 13); þeir hafa færð sín höfuð Knúti, id.; hvar hafit ér hugðan mér sess, id.; hafa sér kenndan enn nørðra heims enda, id.; Sighvatr hefir lattan gram, id.; hefir þú hamar um fólginn, Þkv. 7, 8; þú hefir hvatta okkr, Gkv. 6; ek hefi yðr brennda, Am. 39, cp. 56; hefi ek þik minntan, 81; hefir þú hjörtu tuggin, Akv. 36; hefir þú mik dvalðan, Hbl. 51; ek hefi hafðar þrár, I have had throes, Fsm. 51; en ek hann görvan hef-k, svá hefi ek studdan, 12 (verse 13 is corrupt); hann hefir dvalða þik, Hkv. Hjörv. 29; lostna, 30; mik hefir sóttan meiri glæpr, 32; ek hefi brúði kerna, id.; þú hefir etnar úlfa krásir, opt sár sogin, Hkv. 1. 36; sá er opt hefir örnu sadda, 35; hefir þú kannaða koni óneisa, 23; þá er mik svikna höfðut, Skv. 3. 55; hann hafði getna sonu, Bkv. 8; þann sal hafa halir um görvan, Fm. 42; bróður minn hefir þú benjaðan, 25; er hann ráðinn hefir, 37; sjaldan hefir þú gefnar vargi bráðir, Eg. (in a verse).
    2. references from prose; this old form has since been turned into an indecl. neut. sing. part. -it. The old form was first lost in the strong verbs and the weak verbs of the first conjugation: in the earliest prose both forms are used, although the indecl. is more freq. even in the prose writers, as Íb., the Heiðarv. S., the Miracle-book in Bs., Njála, Ó. H., (Thorodd seems only to use the old form,) as may be seen from the following references, Björn hafði særða þrjá menn, Nj. 262; hann mundi hana hafa gipta honum, 47; hann hafði þá leidda saman hestana, 264: ek hefi sendan mann, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 333; ek nefi senda menn, id.: hafa son sinn ór helju heimtan, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 337; en er þeir höfðu niðr settan sveininn, 349; hann hafði veidda fimm tegu fiska, 350: er þér hefir ílla neisu gorva, Ó. H. 107: þá hefi ek fyrri setta þá í stafrófi, Skálda (Thorodd) 161; þar hefi ek við görva þessa stafi fjóra, id.; hafa hann samsettan, 167: góða fylgd hefir þú mér veitta, Þorst Síðu H. 2: sagði, at Ólafr konungr hafði sendan hann, Bs. i. 11: Þyri, er hertogi hafði festa nauðga, Fms. x. 393 (Ágrip): hefi ek þá svá signaða ok magnaða, v. 236: hefir sólin gengna tvá hluti, en einn úgenginn, K. Þ. K. 92 (Lund’s Syntax, p. 12).
    β. again, neut. indecl., hana hafði átt fyrr Þoróddr, Ísl. ii. 192: hón hafði heimt húskarl sinn …, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 339; hann hefir ekki svá vel gyrt hest minn, 340; hefir þú eigi séð mik, 341; hve hann hafði lokkat hann. id.; gistingar hefi ek yðr fengit, 343: þeir höfðu haft úfrið ok orrostur, Íb. 12; hann hafði tekið lögsögu, 14: stafr er átt hafði Þorlákr, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 340; er þær höfðu upp tekit ketilinn ok hafit …, 342; göngu es hann hafði gingit, 344; es sleggjuna hafði niðr fellt, 346; sem maðr hefði nýsett (hana) niðr, id.; jartein þá er hann þóttisk fingit hafa, 347; hafði prestrinn fært fram sveininn, 349: hjálm er Hreiðmarr hafði átt, Edda 73: hafa efnt sína heitstrenging, Fms. (Jómsv. S.) xi. 141: slíkan dóm sem hann hafði mér hugat, Ó. H. 176, etc. passim:—at last the inflexion disappeared altogether, and so at the present time the indecl. neut. sing. is used throughout; yet it remains in peculiar instances, e. g. konu hefi eg mér festa, Luke xiv. 20, cp. Vídal. ii. 21. ☞ This use of the inflexive part. pass. may often serve as a test of the age of a poem, e. g. that Sólarljóð was composed at a later date may thus be seen from verses 27, 64, 72, 73, 75, 79; but this test is to be applied with caution, as the MSS. have in some cases changed the true forms (-inn, -ann, and -it, -an being freq. abbreviated in the MSS. so as to render the reading dubious). In many cases the old form is no doubt to be restored, e. g. in vegit to veginn, Fm. 4, 23; búit to búinn, Hkv. Hjörv. 15; borit to borinn, Hkv. 1. 1; beðit to beðinn, Fsm. 48; orðit to orðin, Og. 23; roðit to roðinn, Em. 5; brotið to brotinn, Vkv. 24, etc.: but are we to infer from Ls. 23, 26, 33, that this poem is of a comparatively late age?
    II. the indecl. neut. sing. is, both in the earliest poems and down to the present day, used in the following cases:
    1. with trans. verbs requiring the dat. or gen.; ek hefi fengit e-s, hann hafði fengit konu; hafa hefnt e-s, Fms. xi. 25; sú er hafði beðit fjár, Þkv. 32; stillir hefir stefnt mér, Hkv. Hjörv. 33, and so in endless cases.
    2. in the reflex. part. pass.; þeir (hann) hafa (hefir) látisk, farisk, sagsk, etc.
    3. in part. of intrans. neut. verbs, e. g. þeir þær (hann, hón), hafa (hefir) setið, staðit, gengit, legit, farit, komit, verit, orðit, lifað, dáit, heitið …, also almost in every line both of prose and poetry.
    4. in trans. verbs with a neut. sing. in objective case the difference cannot be seen.
    ☞ The compound preterite is common to both the Romance and Teutonic languages, and seems to be older in the former than in the latter; Grimm suggests that it originated with the French, and thence spread to the Teutons. That it was not natural to the latter is shewn by the facts, that
    α. no traces of it are found in Gothic, nor in the earliest Old High German glossaries to Latin words.
    β. in the earliest Scandinavian poetry we can trace its passage from declinable to indeclinable.
    γ. remains are left in poetry of a primitive uncompounded preterite infinitive, e. g. stóðu = hafa staðit, mundu, skyldu, vildu, etc., see Gramm. p. xxv, col. 2. ☞ We may here note a curious dropping of the verb hefir, at ek em kominn hingat til lands, ok verit áðr ( having been) langa hríð utan-lands, Ó. H. 31, cp. Am. 52; barn at aldri, en vegit slíka hetju sem Þorvaldr var, Glúm. 382. On this interesting matter see Grimm’s remarks in his Gramm. iv. 146 sqq.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HAFA

  • 59 Numbers

    0 zéro*
    1 un†
    2 deux
    3 trois
    4 quatre
    5 cinq
    6 six
    7 sept
    8 huit
    9 neuf
    10 dix
    11 onze
    12 douze
    13 treize
    14 quatorze
    15 quinze
    16 seize
    17 dix-sept
    18 dix-huit
    19 dix-neuf
    20 vingt
    21 vingt et un
    22 vingt-deux
    30 trente
    31 trente et un
    32 trente-deux
    40 quarante
    50 cinquante
    60 soixante
    70 soixante-dix
    septante (in Belgium, Canada, Switzerland etc.)
    71 soixante et onze
    septante et un ( etc)
    72 soixante-douze
    73 soixante-treize
    74 soixante-quatorze
    75 soixante-quinze
    76 soixante-seize
    77 soixante-dix-sept
    78 soixante-dix-nuit
    79 soixante-dix-neuf
    80 quatre-vingts‡
    81 quatre-vingt-un§
    82 quatre-vingt-deux
    90 quatre-vingt-dix ; nonante (in Belgium, Canada, Switzerland, etc)
    91 quatre-vingt-onze ; nonante et un
    92 quatre-vingt-douze ; nonante-deux ( etc.)
    99 quatre-vingt-dix-neuf
    100 cent
    101 cent un†
    102 cent deux
    110 cent dix
    111 cent onze
    112 cent douze
    187 cent quatre-vingt-sept
    200 deux cents
    250 deux cent|| cinquante
    300 trois cents
    1000 || mille
    1001 mille un†
    1002 mille deux
    1020 mille vingt
    1200 mille** deux cents
    2000 deux mille††
    10000 dix mille
    10200 dix mille deux cents
    100000 cent mille
    102000 cent deux mille
    1000000 un million‡‡
    1264932 un million deux cent soixante-quatre mille neuf cent trente-deux
    1000000000 un milliard‡‡
    1000000000000 un billion‡‡
    * In English 0 may be called nought, zero or even nothing ; French is always zéro ; a nought = un zéro.
    † Note that one is une in French when it agrees with a feminine noun, so un crayon but une table, une des tables, vingt et une tables, combien de tables? - il y en a une seule etc.
    ‡ Also huitante in Switzerland. Note that when 80 is used as a page number it has no s, e.g. page eighty = page quatre-vingt.
    § Note that vingt has no s when it is in the middle of a number. The only exception to this rule is when quatre-vingts is followed by millions, milliards or billions, e.g. quatre-vingts millions, quatre-vingts billions etc.
    Note that cent does not take an s when it is in the middle of a number. The only exception to this rule is when it is followed by millions, milliards or billions, e.g. trois cents millions, six cents billions etc. It has a normal plural when it modifies other nouns, e.g. 200 inhabitants = deux cents habitants.
    || Note that figures in French are set out differently ; where English would have a comma, French has simply a space. It is also possible in French to use a full stop (period) here, e.g. 1.000. French, like English, writes dates without any separation between thousands and hundreds, e.g. in 1995 = en 1995.
    ** When such a figure refers to a date, the spelling mil is preferred to mille, i.e. en 1200 = en mil deux cents. Note however the exceptions: when the year is a round number of thousands, the spelling is always mille, so en l’an mille, en l’an deux mille etc.
    †† Mille is invariable ; it never takes an s.
    ‡‡ Note that the French words million, milliard and billion are nouns, and when written out in full they take de before another noun, e.g. a million inhabitants is un million d’habitants, a billion francs is un billion de francs. However, when written in figures, 1,000,000 inhabitants is 1000000 habitants, but is still spoken as un million d’habitants. When million etc. is part of a complex number, de is not used before the nouns, e.g. 6,000,210 people = six millions deux cent dix personnes.
    Use of en
    Note the use of en in the following examples:
    there are six
    = il y en a six
    I’ve got a hundred
    = j’en ai cent
    En must be used when the thing you are talking about is not expressed (the French says literally there of them are six, I of them have a hundred etc.). However, en is not needed when the object is specified:
    there are six apples
    = il y a six pommes
    Approximate numbers
    When you want to say about…, remember the French ending -aine:
    about ten
    = une dizaine
    about ten books
    = une dizaine de livres
    about fifteen
    = une quinzaine
    about fifteen people
    = une quinzaine de personnes
    about twenty
    = une vingtaine
    about twenty hours
    = une vingtaine d’heures
    Similarly une trentaine, une quarantaine, une cinquantaine, une soixantaine and une centaine ( and une douzaine means a dozen). For other numbers, use environ (about):
    about thirty-five
    = environ trente-cinq
    about thirty-five francs
    = environ trente-cinq francs
    about four thousand
    = environ quatre mille
    about four thousand pages
    = environ quatre mille pages
    Environ can be used with any number: environ dix, environ quinze etc. are as good as une dizaine, une quinzaine etc.
    Note the use of centaines and milliers to express approximate quantities:
    hundreds of books
    = des centaines de livres
    I’ve got hundreds
    = j’en ai des centaines
    hundreds and hundreds of fish
    = des centaines et des centaines de poissons
    I’ve got thousands
    = j’en ai des milliers
    thousands of books
    = des milliers de livres
    thousands and thousands
    = des milliers et des milliers
    millions and millions
    = des millions et des millions
    Phrases
    numbers up to ten
    = les nombres jusqu’à dix
    to count up to ten
    = compter jusqu’à dix
    almost ten
    = presque dix
    less than ten
    = moins de dix
    more than ten
    = plus de dix
    all ten of them
    = tous les dix
    all ten boys
    = les dix garçons
    Note the French word order:
    my last ten pounds
    = mes dix dernières livres
    the next twelve weeks
    = les douze prochaines semaines
    the other two
    = les deux autres
    the last four
    = les quatre derniers
    Calculations in French
    Note that French uses a comma where English has a decimal point.
    0,25 zéro virgule vingt-cinq
    0,05 zéro virgule zéro cinq
    0,75 zéro virgule soixante-quinze
    3,45 trois virgule quarante-cinq
    8,195 huit virgule cent quatre-vingt-quinze
    9,1567 neuf virgule quinze cent soixante-sept
    or neuf virgule mille cinq cent soixante-sept
    9,3456 neuf virgule trois mille quatre cent cinquante-six
    Percentages in French
    25% vingt-cinq pour cent
    50% cinquante pour cent
    100% cent pour cent
    200% deux cents pour cent
    365% troix cent soixante-cinq pour cent
    4,25% quatre virgule vingt-cinq pour cent
    Fractions in French
    Ordinal numbers in French§
    1st 1er‡ premier ( feminine première)
    2nd 2e second or deuxième
    3rd 3e troisième
    4th 4e quatrième
    5th 5e cinquième
    6th 6e sixième
    7th 7e septième
    8th 8e huitième
    9th 9e neuvième
    10th 10e dixième
    11th 11e onzième
    12th 12e douzième
    13th 13e treizième
    14th 14e quatorzième
    15th 15e quinzième
    16th 16e seizième
    17th 17e dix-septième
    18th 18e dix-huitième
    19th 19e dix-neuvième
    20th 20e vingtième
    21st 21e vingt et unième
    22nd 22e vingt-deuxième
    23rd 23e vingt-troisième
    24th 24e vingt-quatrième
    25th 25e vingt-cinquième
    30th 30e trentième
    31st 31e trente et unième
    40th 40e quarantième
    50th 50e cinquantième
    60th 60e soixantième
    70th 70e soixante-dixième or septantième (in Belgium, Canada, Switzerland etc.)
    71st 71e soixante et onzième or septante et unième (etc.)
    72nd 72e soixante-douzième
    73rd 73e soixante-treizième
    74th 74e soixante-quatorzième
    75th 75e soixante-quinzième
    76th 76e soixante-seizième
    77th 77e soixante-dix-septième
    78th 78e soixante-dix-huitième
    79th 79e soixante-dix-neuvième
    80th 80e quatre-vingtième¶
    81st 81e quatre-vingt-unième
    90th 90e quatre-vingt-dixième or nonantième (in Belgium, Canada, Switzerland etc.)
    91st 91e quatre-vingt-onzième, or nonante et unième (etc.)
    99th 99e quatre-vingt-dix-neuvième
    100th 100e centième
    101st 101e cent et unième
    102nd 102e cent-deuxième
    196th 196e cent quatre-vingt-seizième
    200th 200e deux centième
    300th 300e trois centième
    400th 400e quatre centième
    1,000th 1000e millième
    2,000th 2000e deux millième
    1,000,000th 1000000e millionième
    Like English, French makes nouns by adding the definite article:
    the first
    = le premier (or la première, or les premiers mpl or les premières fpl)
    the second
    = le second (or la seconde etc.)
    the first three
    = les trois premiers or les trois premières
    Note the French word order in:
    the third richest country in the world
    = le troisième pays le plus riche du monde
    * Note that half, when not a fraction, is translated by the noun moitié or the adjective demi ; see the dictionary entry.
    † Note the use of les and d’entre when these fractions are used about a group of people or things: two-thirds of them = les deux tiers d’entre eux.
    ‡ This is the masculine form ; the feminine is 1re and the plural 1ers (m) or 1res (f).
    § All the ordinal numbers in French behave like ordinary adjectives and take normal plural endings where appropriate.
    Also huitantième in Switzerland.

    Big English-French dictionary > Numbers

  • 60 haece

    hīc, haec, hoc ( gen. hujus, monosyl., Plaut. Am. prol. 51; 96; 1, 1, 115; dat. huic, Sidon. Carm. 7, 145; Avien. Descr. Orb. 22; dat. sing. fem. hae rei, Cato, R. R. 14, 3; acc. HONC for hunc, C. I. L. 1, 32; nom. plur. hic, Enn. ap. Philarg. ad Verg. G. 4, 230 = Ann. v. 414 Vahl.; Varr. L. L. 6, § 73 Mull.; fem. haec, v. infra, B. init.; dat. and abl. hibus, Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 20; cf. Varr. L. L. 8, § 78 Mull.; v. Neue, Formenl. 2, p. 203 sqq.), pron. demonstr. [from the pronom. root i (whence also comes is), with the demonstr. suffix ce ] points to something near or present, or which is conceived of as present, this.
    (α).
    With subst.:

    hic homo sanus non est,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 246:

    rapidus fluvius est hic, non hac temere transiri potest... apud hunc fluvium, etc.,

    id. Bacch. 1, 1, 53:

    quid praeclarum putet in rebus humanis, qui haec deorum regna perspexerit? etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 17:

    genus hoc,

    id. ib. 1, 25:

    hoc avunculo, atque in hac tam clara re publica natus,

    id. ib. 1, 19; cf.:

    quorum singuli saluti huic civitati fuerunt, et qui sunt procul ab aetatis hujus memoria,

    id. ib. 1, 1:

    his libris,

    id. ib. 1, 7:

    hae feriae,

    id. ib. 1, 9; 1, 20; cf.:

    hoc otio,

    id. ib. 9 fin.:

    haec caelestia vel studiosissime solet quaerere,

    id. ib. 1, 10:

    ad haec cituma,

    id. ib. 1, 21:

    hic vir,

    Liv. 7, 39, 12.—
    (β).
    Absol. (cf. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 520):

    hic insidiantes vigilant, Enn. l. l.: hi domum me ad se auferent,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 94: non mihi videtur, quod hi venerunt, alius nobis sermo esse quaerendus, sed agendum accuratius, et dicendum dignum aliquid horum auribus, Cic. Rep. 1, 13:

    feceris (ut etiam pro his dicam) nobis gratum omnibus,

    id. ib. 1, 21 fin.:

    hoc ubi Amphitruo erus conspicatus est, etc.,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 87:

    docere hoc poterat ille homines paene agrestes, et apud imperitos audebat haec dicere,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 15:

    dixerat hoc ille, cum, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 12:

    haec Scipio cum dixisset,

    id. ib. 1, 11:

    haec plurimis a me verbis dicta sunt, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 7.—
    B.
    More emphatic, in the original full form, hīce, haece, hōce (not, as formerly written, hicce, haecce, hocce; in gen. sing. HVIVSQVE; in nom. plur. hisce, like ieis = ei, and ques = qui, see below; and apocopated in nom. plur. fem. haec for haece, and in gen. plur. horunc, harunc, for horunce, harunce);

    and, with the interrogative particle, hicine, haecine, hocine (mostly ante - class.): hoce haud dubium est quin, etc.,

    Ter. And. 2, 3, 17:

    eum hinc profugiens vendidit in Alide Patri hujusce,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 10; so,

    hujusce,

    id. Poen. prol. 120; 5, 4, 76; 87; cf.:

    atque hujusce rei judicium jam continuo video futurum,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 14, 47:

    hisce homines ubi habitent,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 36; v. Ritschl ad h. l.; so,

    hisce,

    id. Ps. 1, 5, 125; id. Capt. prol. 35 Fleck.; id. Rud. 2, 1, 5 ib., and perh. also id. Mil. 4, 8, 24 (Ritschl, hice): hice, Att. ap. Non. 15, 29 (Trag. Rel. v. 122 Rib.); Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 38:

    haec aedes,

    Plaut. Most. 2, 1, 53; 3, 1, 117; so,

    haec sunt atque aliae multae in magnis dotibus Incommoditates,

    id. Aul. 3, 5, 58:

    haec (puellae),

    Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 34:

    haec sententiae,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 11, 22; 3, 34, 84; Lucr. 3, 601; Verg. G. 3, 305; cf. Bentl. Ter. Hec. 5, 2, 24:

    aliut posticum harunce aedium,

    Plaut. Stich. 3, 1, 41; cf.:

    harunc aedium,

    id. Most. 2, 1, 57:

    sine opera tua nihil di horunc facere possunt,

    id. Cist. 1, 1, 53:

    horunc,

    id. Poen. 3, 1, 48; Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 97; id. Phorm. 3, 2, 33:

    cedo signum, si harunc Baccharum es,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 25:

    harunc aedium,

    id. Merc. 5, 1, 3:

    hisce ego Placidum ted hodie reddam,

    id. Curc. 5, 3, 48; cf.:

    quid dicam hisce, incertus sum,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 36:

    tu ab hisce rebus animum avoca,

    Sulp. in Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 5; so,

    hisce,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 7, 13; id. Most. 1, 3, 81; 1, 4, 23; 2, 2, 71; 4, 2, 35 et saep.: Thr. Tu hosce instrue. Gn Illuc est sapere! ut hosce instruxit, Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 11; so,

    hosce,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 71; id. Heaut. 3, 2, 3; 4, 5, 4; id. Ad. 5, 7, 5; id. Phorm. 4, 3, 4:

    apud hasce aedes,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 194; so,

    hasce,

    id. As. 2, 3, 1; id. Aul. 2, 4, 2; 2, 8, 15; id. Capt. 4, 2, 51; id. Bacch. 4, 6, 17 et saep.—

    With the interrog. particle: hicin' Achilles est?

    Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 61; so,

    hicinest?

    id. Pers. 5, 2, 49; cf.:

    hicine vir patriae natus usquam nisi in patria morietur?

    Cic. Mil. 38, 104 et saep.:

    haecine,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 206; id. Ep. 4, 2, 5; 5, 1, 15; id. Pers. 4, 3, 75; Ter. Hec. 5, 2, 5; id. Phorm. 5, 8, 24:

    huncine hominem,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 68; cf.:

    huncine hominem! hancine impudentiam! judices, hanc audaciam!

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 25, § 62:

    hocine hic pacto potest Inhibere imperium magister?

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 43:

    o Juppiter, hoscine mores!

    Ter. Ad. 4, 7, 40:

    hacine victoria sola aut hac praeda contenti estis futuri,

    Liv. 10, 17, 5; Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 3;

    so in the shorter form, hicne,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 48, 141:

    ex hocne equo,

    id. Fat. 3, 5:

    cum hocne,

    id. Att. 9, 7, 3:

    ex hacne natura,

    id. Tusc. 1, 25, 62: haece locutus, Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4 (Ann. v. 239 Vahl.) al.—So, Fortuna hujusce diei, as a particular deity, Cic. Leg. 2, 11, 28; Plin. 34, 8, 19, § 54;

    in inscrr. also written HVIVSQVE DIEI,

    Inscr. Orell. 5; cf.:

    HVIVSQ. LOCI,

    id. ib. 1580; 2300;

    and HOIVSQVE AEDIS ERGO,

    id. ib. 2488.—
    C.
    With other pronouns:

    hos eosdem motus perturbationes dixerimus,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 4, 7; cf.:

    cum idem hoc visum diceretur,

    id. Rep. 1, 14:

    hoc idem fit in reliquis civitatibus,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 15, 2; id. B. C. 1, 74, 5; Quint. 8, 4, 17:

    haec eadem centurionibus tribunisque militum mandabant,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 17 fin.:

    haec eadem genera,

    Quint. 6, 3, 54:

    hoc ipsum civile jus,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 2:

    sed hoc ipsum ex superiore pendet quaestione,

    Quint. 2, 1, 8; 8, 3, 45:

    ad hunc eum ipsum,

    Cic. Ac. 1, 1, 2 Goer. N. cr.; cf.:

    idem hoc ipsum,

    id. Tusc. 5, 9, 26:

    huic illi legato,

    id. Fl. 22, 52:

    hunc illum fatis Portendi generum,

    Verg. A. 7, 255; cf.:

    hic est enim ille vultus semper idem, quem, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 15, 31:

    hic est ille status quantitatis,

    Quint. 7, 4, 15: haec est illa, quae deinôsis vocatur, id. 6, 2, 24:

    hujus istius facti stultitia,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 9, 24:

    ista haec epigrammata,

    Sid. Ep. 2, 10: hunc talem virum, Cic. fil. ap. Cic. Fam. 16, 21, 3:

    callidum quendam hunc,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 50, 218.—
    D.
    Opp. to ille, iste, less freq. to hic, alter, alius, etc., this, the latter, to indicate the nearer object (which is to be determined not so much by the phraseology as by the thought; so that hic may refer to that noun whose position in the sentence is the more remote, but which is the most closely connected with the speaker, and of the most importance to him, in which case it is to be rendered by that, the former, etc.):

    ejusdem esse, qui in illa re peccarit, hoc quoque admisisse,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 16, 50:

    in his undis et tempestatibus ad summam senectutem maluit jactari, quam in illa tranquillitate atque otio jucundissime vivere,

    id. Rep. 1, 1:

    si deerunt haec remedia, ad illa declinandum est,

    Quint. 7, 2, 30:

    cum hic testamento, ille proximitate nitatur,

    id. 3, 6, 95:

    in his judicem sibi, in illis alii credere,

    id. 5, 7, 33:

    haec pars perorationis accusatori patronoque ex aequo communis est. Affectibus quoque iisdem fere utuntur: sed varius hic, ille saepius ac magis,

    id. 6, 1, 8; cf. id. 6, 2, 12; 17:

    cum tu ista caelestia de Scipione quaesieris, ego autem haec, quae videntur ante oculos, esse magis putem quaerenda,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 19; id. Fam. 2, 11, 1:

    iisdem enim hic sapiens, de quo loquor, oculis, quibus iste vester, caelum, terram, mare intuebitur,

    id. Ac. 2, 33, 105:

    si hoc loco scripsisset, isto verbo usus non esset, non isto loco verbum istud collocasset,

    id. Inv. 2, 41, 121:

    has igitur tot sententias ut omittamus, haec nunc videamus, quae diu multumque defensa sunt,

    id. Ac. 2, 42, 130:

    Caesar facile diceret: Hic versus Plauti non est, hic est,

    this... that, id. Fam. 9, 16, 4:

    ego hoc dico. adversarius hoc,

    Quint. 4, 4, 8:

    vendidit hic auro patriam... Hic thalamum invasit natae,

    Verg. A. 6, 621 sq.:

    hi molium objectus, hi proximas scaphas scandere,

    Tac. A. 14, 8:

    quid responsuri sint adversarii his et his... cum sciret haec et haec,

    Quint. 6, 1, 3 sq.:

    interim quaeritur: hoc an hoc? furtum an sacrilegium?

    id. 7, 3, 9:

    alter (Roscius) plurimarum palmarum vetus ac nobilis gladiator habetur, hic autem nuper se ad eum lanistam contulit,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 6, 17:

    occupat hic collem, cymba sedet alter adunca,

    Ov. M. 1, 293.—
    2.
    Referring to that which in the speaker's mind is the nearer object, although by the position of the words it is the more remote: quam ob rem cave Catoni anteponas ne istum quidem ipsum, quem Apollo sapientissimum judicavit (i. e. Socratem): Hujus enim (i. e. Catonis, of the former) facta, illius (i. e. Socratis) dicta laudantur, Cic. Lael. 2, 10; id. Rosc. Com. 2, 7:

    hanc posteriorem (artem) et Stoici et Peripatetici, priorem autem illi (i. e. Peripatetici) egregie tradiderunt, hi (i. e. Stoici) ne attigerunt quidem,

    id. Fin. 4, 4, 10:

    hoc Cicero atque Asinius certatim sunt usi: pro Scauro hic, ille pro filio,

    Quint. 6, 1, 21; 3, 10, 1:

    melior tutiorque est certa pax quam sperata victoria: haec in tua, illa in deorum manu est,

    the former... the latter, Liv. 30, 30, 19:

    quocumque aspicio, nihil est, nisi pontus et aer: Fluctibus hic tumidus, nubibus ille minax,

    Ov. Tr. 1, 2, 24; id. M. 1, 697.—
    E.
    In the neutr. sing. subst., with gen.:

    quid hoc hominist?

    Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 26; cf. Ter. Eun. 3, 4, 8:

    quid hoc morbi est?

    id. ib. 2, 1, 19:

    quid hoc est negoti?

    id. Ad. 4, 5, 71; cf. id. Eun. 3, 4, 6:

    hoc fructi pro labore ab his fero,

    id. Ad. 5, 4, 16:

    edormiscam hoc villi,

    id. ib. 5, 2, 11:

    hoc commodi est, quod, etc.,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 32, 91:

    hoc copiarum in Hispanias portatum est,

    Liv. 42, 18, 7:

    hoc servitutis injunxisse, ut, etc.,

    id. 5, 2, 8:

    hoc intervalli datum res tranquillas in urbe fecit,

    id. 3, 25, 4:

    hoc consilii,

    id. 5, 39, 6:

    hoc solacii,

    id. 30, 13, 13:

    hoc noctis,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 2; 11; 136.—
    F.
    Hoc with verbs impers., pleonast. as a subject (ante-class.):

    eamus, Amphitruo: lucescit hoc jam,

    there is daybreak, Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 45: luciscit hoc jam, [p. 853] Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 1:

    lucet hoc,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 2, 63; cf. id. Curc. 1, 3, 26.—
    G.
    Pregn. (qs. pointing to something with the finger), this, this... here (ante-class. and poet.); most freq. of the speaker himself, like the Gr. hode, for ego:

    hic homost omnium hominum praecipuos,

    Plaut. Trin. 5, 1, 1:

    hic si quid nobis forte adversi evenerit, tibi erunt parata verba, huic homini verbera,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 115; so,

    huic homini, i. q. mihi,

    Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 38:

    hic homo, i. q. ego,

    id. Curc. 2, 1, 33:

    hunc hominem, i. q. me,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 1; Hor. S. 1, 9, 47; cf.:

    vin' tu huic seni auscultare?

    Ter. Ad. 5, 7, 8; id. And. 2, 1, 10; Tib. 2, 6, 7:

    haec res,

    my property, Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 106:

    hunc in collum,

    my neck, id. Pers. 4, 6, 9 Brix (Ritschl, huc): ni haec praesensisset canes, this dog, = ego, id. Trin. 1, 2, 135 Brix ad loc.—In neutr. absol.: tu quod te posterius purges hanc injuriam mihi nolle Factam esse, hujus non faciam, not so much, i. e. not the least, Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 9.—
    H.
    With reference to time, of this time, now present, actual, this:

    cena hac annona est sine sacris hereditas,

    in the present scarcity, Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 83:

    sed nondum haec, quae nunc tenet saeculum, neglegentia deum venerat,

    Liv. 3, 20:

    his temporibus,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 77, 1:

    M. Cato, hujus nostri Catonis pater,

    id. Off. 3, 16, 66; cf.:

    si potius ad antiquorum diligentiam, quam ad horum luxuriam dirigas aedificationem,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 13, 6 sq.:

    etenim qui haec vituperare volunt, Chrysogonum tantum posse queruntur,

    the present times, Cic. Rosc. Am. 48, 138:

    ne horum quidem magnificentia operum,

    Liv. 1, 55 fin.;

    very rarely of time just ended: ante hos annos quadraginta,

    Plin. 14, 22, 28, § 143:

    ante hos sex menses,

    Phaedr. 1, 1, 10:

    ante hoc triduum,

    Front. Ep. ad M. Caes. 2, 5 init.; Aug. Serm. 270, 3.
    II.
    Very freq. referring to a thought that follows, and which may be expressed by a relative sentence, or by a sentence denoting the object, cause, or effect; with qui, quae, quod, an acc. and inf., quod, ut, ne, etc. (more clearly indicative than the determinative, is, ea, id; though freq. confounded with it in MSS. and editt.).
    (α).
    With relat. clause:

    Qui hodie fuerim liber, eum nunc potivit pater Servitutis: hic, qui verna natust, conqueritur,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 24; cf.:

    eos, qui, etc.... his, qui, etc.... longe duco esse anteponendos,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 2:

    neque his contentus sum, quae de ista consultatione scripta nobis summi ex Graecia homines reliquerunt, neque ea, quae mihi videntur, anteferre illis audeo,

    id. ib. 1, 22:

    non est tibi his solis utendum existimationibus ac judiciis, qui nunc sunt, hominum, sed iis etiam, qui futuri sunt,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 15, § 43:

    quis hic est homo, quem ante aedis video hoc noctis?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 136:

    unde in laboribus et periculis fortitudo? nempe ab his, qui, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 2; 1, 17:

    haec quae sunt in hoc genere,

    id. ib. 1, 11:

    mundus hic totus, quod domicilium di nobis dederunt,

    id. ib. 1, 13:

    hoc autem sphaerae genus, in quo, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 14;

    1, 16: in his libris, quos legistis,

    id. Leg. 1, 9, 27; cf. id. Div. 1, 3, 5:

    quam quisque norit artem, in hac se exerceat,

    id. Tusc. 1, 18, 41 et saep.:

    lepide ipsi hi sunt capti, suis qui filiis fecere insidias,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 90; cf. Cic. Tusc. 2, 1, 3; id. N. D. 1, 40, 113:

    servi, qui, cum culpa carint, tamen malum Metuont, hi solent esse eris utibiles,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 2 sq.; cf. Cic. Rep. 1, 19:

    de Bruti amore etsi mihi nihil novi adfers: tamen hoc audio libentius, quo saepius,

    id. Att. 13, 36 fin.; cf.:

    is porro, quo generosior celsiorque est, hoc majoribus velut organis commovetur,

    Quint. 1, 2, 30:

    hoc primum videamus, quidnam sit, de altero sole quod nuntiatum est in senatu, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 10; 1, 24:

    mire tractat hoc Cicero pro Milone quae facturus fuerit Clodius, si praeturam invasisset,

    Quint. 9, 2, 41.—
    (β).
    With acc. and inf.:

    erat tunc haec nova et ignota ratio, solem lunae oppositum solere deficere,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 16:

    sed hoc vir excellenti providentia sensit ac vidit, non esse opportunissimos situs maritimos urbibus iis, quae, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 3:

    hoc tantum admiror, Flavum, etc.,

    Quint. 7, 4, 40; 11, 1, 22:

    unum hoc definio, tantam esse necessitatem virtutis, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 1: hoc simul accipe dictum: Quorum..., Eorundem libertati me parcere certum est, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 204 Vahl.); cf.

    with appositive clause: sic hoc proloquar: Principio, ut illo advenimus, Continuo Amphitruo delegit viros, etc.,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 48:

    ut hoc: Non debes alienam uxorem optare,

    Quint. 7, 1, 25; cf. id. 9, 4, 97; 9, 2, 32.—
    (γ).
    With quod or quia:

    maxime hoc mihi mirum videri solet, quod, qui tranquillo mari gubernare se negent posse, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 6:

    quaesierat ex me Scipio, quidnam sentirem de hoc, quod duo soles visos esse constaret,

    id. ib. 1, 13; Quint. 9, 1, 1:

    propter hoc ipsum ostendenda non sunt, quod apparent,

    id. 12, 9, 6:

    nostri primo integris viribus fortiter repugnare... sed hoc superari, quod diuturnitate pugnae, etc.,

    in this that, herein that, Caes. B. G. 3, 4, 3; cf. Quint. 8, 3, 30:

    hoc ipso fidem detrahimus illis, quod sint tam gravia,

    id. 9, 2, 53:

    hoc ipso, quod,

    id. 4, 1, 54; 5, 11, 41; 6, 2, 16 et saep.: consilio vestro utar libenter, et hoc libentius, quod, etc., Caes. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 8, C, 1; cf.:

    id hoc facilius eis persuasit, quod undique loci natura Helvetii continentur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 2, 3:

    hoc esse miseriorem gravioremque fortunam Sequanorum quam reliquorum, quod soli, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 32, 4; Quint. 5, 7, 22:

    hoc magis, quod (al. quia) illic ut litigatores loquimur frequentius,

    id. 6, 2, 36:

    hoc sese excruciat animi, Quia leno ademit cistulam ei,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 57:

    quod hoc etiam mirabilius debet videri, quia, etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 3, 12; cf.:

    hoc sunt exempla potentiora, quia, etc.,

    Quint. 10, 1, 15.—
    (δ).
    With ut or ne:

    nunc hoc me orare a vobis jussit Juppiter, ut conquistores, etc.,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 64; cf.:

    hoc quoque etiam mihi in mandatis dedit, Ut conquistores, etc.,

    id. ib. 81:

    atque hoc evenit In labore atque in dolore, ut mors obrepat interim,

    id. Ps. 2, 3, 19:

    nec enim hoc suscepi, ut, etc.... neque hoc polliceor me facturum, ut, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 24:

    neque enim hac nos patria lege genuit aut educavit, ut... sed ut, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 4;

    for which: homines sunt hac lege generati, qui tuerentur, etc.,

    id. ib. 6, 15:

    quare hoc animo in nos esse debebis, ut aetas nostra, etc.,

    id. Fam. 2, 1 fin.; id. Off. 3, 5, 22; id. Rep. 1, 12:

    plurimum in hoc laboris exhausimus, ut ostenderemus, etc.,

    Quint. 8 praef. § 6; cf.:

    habenda fides est vel in hoc, ut, etc.,

    id. 11, 2, 51; so,

    in hoc, ut,

    id. 6, 3, 15; 10, 3, 29: hoc erit tibi argumentum semper in promptu situm: Ne quid exspectes amicos, quod tute agere possies, Enn. ap. Gell. 2, 29 fin. (Sat. v. 37 Vahl.); so,

    in hoc scilicet, ne suspectus his foret,

    Vell. 2, 41 fin. —
    B.
    Hoc est serves to annex a more particular explanation of what has been said, that is, that is to say, namely:

    in hac causa dicam de eo prius, quod apud vos plurimum debet valere, hoc est, de voluntate eorum, quibus injuriae factae sunt,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 4, 11:

    quadriennium, hoc est, ex quo tempore fundus veniit,

    id. Caecin. 7, 19; 34, 100:

    cum honos agebatur amplissimus familiae vestrae, hoc est, consulatus parentis tui,

    id. Sull. 17, 49; id. Fam. 5, 12, 8:

    primum quaero, qua ratione Naevius susceptum negotium non transegerit, hoc est, cur bona non vendiderit,

    id. Quint. 24, 76 et saep.—Sarcastically:

    ut haberet (Clodius) ad praeturam gerendam, hoc est, ad evertendam rem publicam plenum annum,

    Cic. Mil. 9, 24:

    at quam crebro usurpat Et consul et Antonius! Hoc est dicere: Et consul et homo impudicissimus, Et consul et homo nequissimus,

    id. Phil. 2, 28, 70.—
    C.
    Hoc est or ĕrat, quod, with the accessory idea of indignation or reproach, is or was it for this that, etc.:

    hoc erat, alma parens, quod me per tela, per ignis Eripis, ut mediis hostem in penetralibus... cernam?

    Verg. A. 2, 664; Petr. 93.—Hence,
    III.
    Advv.
    1.
    hāc, in this place, on this side, this way, here (class.): nunc Juppiter hac stat, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 263 Vahl.); imitated by Verg. A. 12, 565: Ar. Hac quidem non venit. Le. Angiporto Illac per hortum circuit clam, Plaut. As. 3, 3, 151:

    nunc hac An illac eam, incerta sum consili,

    id. Rud. 1, 3, 30:

    plenus rimarum sum: hac atque illac perfluo,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 25; cf.:

    hac illac circumcursa,

    id. Heaut. 3, 2, 1; and: mox hac atque illa rapti, Tac. Agr. 28:

    sequere hac, reducam te ubi fuisti,

    this way, hither, Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 106; id. As. 4, 2, 1; id. Men. 4, 1, 4; id. Poen. 1, 2, 116; id. Rud. 1, 2, 94; cf.:

    sequere hac me intus ad Glycerium nunc,

    Ter. And. 5, 6, 14:

    sequere me ergo hac intro,

    id. Ad. 4, 3, 18:

    i hac mecum intro,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 56; 62; Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 35 sq.:

    quin igitur ad illa spatia nostra pergimus?... Nos vero: et hac quidem adire si placet, per ripam et umbram,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 4, 14:

    ab oppido declivis locus tenui fastigio vergebat. Hac nostris erat receptus,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 45, 5; 2, 2, 3.—Hac-hac, for hac-illac ( poet.):

    namque videbat, uti bellantes Pergama circum Hac fugerent Grai, Hac Phryges,

    Verg. A. 1, 467 sq.; Prop. 1, 3, 13; rarely in full form with the interrog. particle ne:

    utrum hacin feriam an ab laeva latus?

    Plaut. Cist. 3, 10 (cf. Ladewig, Anal. Scaen. p. 22). —
    2.
    hīc (old form heic; and with the interrog. part. ne, hicine), adv. loci, in this place, here.
    I.
    In space.
    A.
    Lit.:

    hos quos videtis stare hic captivos duos, etc.... Senex qui hic habitat, etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 1 sq.:

    ego jam dudum hic adsum,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 6, 5:

    quem praestolare hic ante ostium?

    id. ib. 5, 6, 5:

    hic propter hunc adsiste,

    id. Ad. 2, 1, 15:

    hic tui omnes valent,

    Cic. Fam. 6, 20, 3:

    non modo hic, ubi, etc... sed, ubicumque, etc.,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 55, § 143:

    mons ibi arduus Nomine Parnasus... hic ubi Deucalion... parva rate vectus adhaesit,

    Ov. M. 1, 319:

    hic (sc. Carthagine) illius (Junonis) arma, Hic currus fuit,

    Verg. A. 1, 16 et saep.: Pa. Philocomasium hicine etiam nunc est? Pe Quom exibam, hic erat, Plaut. Mil. 2, 2, 25; cf.: Ch. Ubi ego sum? hicine an apud mortuos? Eut. Neque apud mortuos neque hic es, id. Merc. 3, 4, 17:

    hicine,

    id. Cist. 1, 1, 21; 4, 2, 80; Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 29 al.: Da. Cedo fenus, redde fenus, fenus reddite, etc.... Tr. Fenus illic, fenus hic, Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 76:

    facile hic plus mali est, quam illic boni,

    Ter. And. 4, 3, 5; cf. id. Hec. 2, 1, 20:

    hic segetes, illic veniunt felicius uvae,

    Verg. G. 1, 54:

    hic, illic, ubi mors deprenderat, exhalantes,

    Ov. M. 7, 581 (cf. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 519).—With gen.:

    hic proxume viciniae,

    in this neighborhood, Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 2:

    modo vidi virginem hic viciniae miseram,

    Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 45.—With ne: hicine libertatem aiunt aequam esse omnibus? is it here that, etc., Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 29 (cf. hic, I. B. fin.).—
    B.
    Transf., in this affair, on this occasion, in this particular, herein, here:

    hic, quantum in bello fortuna possit, cognosci potuit,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 35, 2; Cic. Verr. 1, 16, 49:

    hic tu tabulas desideras Heracliensium publicas,

    id. Arch. 4, 8; cf.:

    hic vos dubitabitis, judices,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 44, § 109:

    hic miramur, hunc hominem tantum excellere ceteris? etc.,

    id. de Imp. Pomp. 13, 39:

    hic jam plura non dicam,

    id. ib. 9, 24; id. Planc. 41, 99; id. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 66 (cf. II. fin. infra):

    hic, ubi opus est, non verentur: illic, ubi nihil opus est, ibi verentur,

    Ter. And. 4, 1, 14:

    ut cum hic tibi satisfecerimus, istic quoque nostram in te benevolentiam navare possimus,

    Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 3.—Referring to the noun whose position in the sentence is the most remote (cf. I. D. 2.):

    alterius ducis causa melior videbatur, alterius erat firmior: hic omnia speciosa, illic valentia,

    Vell. 2, 49, 3.—
    II.
    Of time, i. q. nunc or tum, now, here; then, hereupon, at this time, at this juncture:

    hic reddes omnia,

    Ter. And. 2, 3, 15:

    hic ego quid praedicem?

    Cic. Sest. 5, 12; id. Cat. 1, 10, 26:

    hic cum uterque me intueretur,

    id. Fin. 2, 1, 1; so,

    hic cum,

    id. Tusc. 5, 20, 60; Nep. Milt. 3, 3:

    hic tum Fabricius frequentes eos ad me domum adduxit,

    Cic. Clu. 17, 49; so, hic tum, id. ib 20, 56; 27, 73; id. Verr. 2, 1, 26 §

    66 al.: hic regina gravem poposcit pateram,

    Verg. A. 1, 728.—So very freq. to introduce the beginning of a speech: hic Laelius (inquit); hic Philus;

    hic Scipio, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 13, 23; 24 sq.; id. Fam. 1, 9, 10; 3, 8, 3; 5, 15, 4; id. Ac. 2, 4, 10; id. de Or. 2, 50, 202; Verg. A. 9, 246 et saep.—
    3.
    huc (access. form hoc), v. huc.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > haece

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • Less Than Jake — performing in August 2006. Background information Origin Gainesville, Florida, United States …   Wikipedia

  • Like a Virgin — Studio album by Madonna Released November 12, 1984 …   Wikipedia

  • less — [ les ] function word *** Less is the comparative form of the function word little and can be used in the following ways: as a determiner (before a noun): Eat less fat. Schools put less emphasis on being creative. as a pronoun: Connie did less… …   Usage of the words and phrases in modern English

  • Like A Virgin — Pour les articles homonymes, voir Like a Virgin (homonymie). Like a Virgin Single par Madonna extrait de l’album Like a Virgin Face A Like A Virgin …   Wikipédia en Français

  • Like a Virgin (chanson) — Like a Virgin Pour les articles homonymes, voir Like a Virgin (homonymie). Like a Virgin Single par Madonna extrait de l’album Like a Virgin Face A Like A Virgin …   Wikipédia en Français

  • Like a virgin — Pour les articles homonymes, voir Like a Virgin (homonymie). Like a Virgin Single par Madonna extrait de l’album Like a Virgin Face A Like A Virgin …   Wikipédia en Français

  • like — like1 W1S1 [laık] prep ▬▬▬▬▬▬▬ 1¦(similar)¦ 2 what is somebody/something like? 3¦(example)¦ 4¦(typical)¦ 5 like this/that/so 6 just like that 7 something like 8 nothing like 9 there s nothing like 10 more like …   Dictionary of contemporary English

  • Like-kind exchange — A like kind exchange is a United States tax deferred exchange that allows for the disposal of an asset and the acquisition of another similar asset without generating a tax liability from the sale of the first asset. A like kind exchange can… …   Wikipedia

  • Less Than Jake discography — Infobox Artist Discography Artist = Less Than Jake Caption = Less Than Jake performing in August 2006. From left to right: JR, Roger, Vinnie, Buddy, Chris. Studio = 7 Live = 2 Compilation = 4 EP = 3 Singles = 10 Video = 2 Music videos = 8… …   Wikipedia

  • And the Band Played On — Infobox book name = And the Band Played On: Politics, People and the AIDS Epidemic title orig = translator = image caption = Paperback Edition of the Book author = Randy Shilts country = United States language = English subject = genre =… …   Wikipedia

  • Like Water for Chocolate —   …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»